Skip to main content

Full text of "Madroño : a West American journal of botany"

See other formats


VOLUME 58, NUMBER 3 JULY-SEPTEMBER 2011 


RECONSIDERATION OF THE TAXONOMIC STATUS OF MASON’S LILAEOPSIS — A 
STATE-PROTECTED RARE SPECIES IN CALIFORNIA 
Peggy L. Fiedler, Esa K. Crumb, and A. Kate Kn0Xx..........ccccccceeeeeeeeeereees 131] 


A COMPARISON OF THE EFFECTS OF NA2SOq4 AND NACL ON THE GROWTH OF 
HELIANTHUS PARADOXUS AND HELIANTHUS ANNUUS (ASTERACEAE) 
MoO. Mendez and O; W, Van AUbeH sivtecc Met accsesenstoomee eee tona eater ondees 145 


THE DIVERSITY AND BIOGEOGRAPHY OF THE ALPINE FLORA OF THE SIERRA 
NEVADA, CALIFORNIA 
SITU TTD WV RUNG CP os ese ch ace nee eA RD wk ee RM PR Anan ounesedausewadeass 53 


A NEw SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS (FABACEAE) FROM THE WASATCH 
MOUNTAINS OF UTAH 
DCU TCOWE: COP DIM oh cients aiecdet as ORR See AON hens oli Sulla cbueaeenaule 185 


GRIMMIA VAGINULATA, (BRYOPSIDA, GRIMMIACEAE) A NEW SPECIES FROM 


THE CENTRAL COAST OF CALIFORNIA 
TR CATLCLIA INCU VIIIOTA te iN rene Le SN eh 190 


INTRODUCTION TO CALIFORNIA CHAPARRAL 


CGHAESTODICTAIBUGV LOCK. cisirs caissad Mccre tetec ae Oe 91g siRNA ned as Fes ees wae snide 199 
COP ANTEINEE GOIRINITIN reteset ite cia sts ano, aeRO Me cists cscs a wits Roe oak oes Sanne vamaeemniads 201 
DEIN eee se Bites aah ee iste casa ca camnem sO taneaaenaieasoadeenuasiheeeueneliel 204 


IN TERS (610 SAR te oe) ee ere eee D205 


ManbroNo (ISSN 0024-9637) is published quarterly by the California Botanical Society, Inc., and is issued from the 
office of the Society, Herbaria, Life Sciences Building, University of California, Berkeley, CA 94720. Subscription 
information on inside back cover. Established 1916. Periodicals postage paid at Berkeley, CA, and additional mailing 
offices. Return requested. POSTMASTER: Send address changes to MADRONO, Kim Kersh, Membership Chair, Uni- 
versity and Jepson Herbarium, University of California, Berkeley, CA 94720-2465. kersh @berkeley.edu. 


Corresponding Editor—TIMOTHY LOWREY Copy Editor—RICHARD WHITKUS 
Museum of Southwestern Biology Department of Biology 
MSCO03 2020 Sonoma State University 
University of New Mexico 1801 E. Cotati Avenue 
Albuquerque, NM 87131-0001 Rohnert Park, CA 94928-3609 
madrono@unm.edu whitkus @sonoma.edu 


Book Editor—JON E. KEELEY 
Noteworthy Collections Editors—DIETER WILKEN, MARGRIET WETHERWAX 


Board of Editors 
Class of: 


2011—JAMIE KNEITEL, California State University, Sacramento, CA 
KEVIN Rice, University of California, Davis, CA 
2012—-GRETCHEN LEBUMN, San Francisco State University, CA 
ROBERT PATTERSON, San Francisco State University, CA 
2013—ErIc ROALSON, Washington State University, WA 
KRISTINA SCHIERENBECK, California State University, Chico, CA 
2014—BRANDON PRATT, California State University, Bakersfield, CA 
TomM WENDT, University of Texas, Austin, TX 


CALIFORNIA BOTANICAL SOCIETY, INC. 


OFFICERS FOR 2011-2012 


President: V. Thomas Parker, Department of Biology, San Francisco State University, San Francisco, CA 94132, 
parker @sfsu.edu 

First Vice President: Andrew Doran, University and Jepson Herbaria, University of California, Berkeley, CA 94720, 
andrewdoran @ berkeley.edu 

Second Vice President: Marc Los Huertos, Division of Science & Environmental Policy, California State University, 
Monterey Bay, Seaside, CA 93955, mloshuertos@csumb.edu 

Recording Secretary: Mike Vasey, Department of Biology, San Francisco State University, San Francisco, CA 
94132, mvasey @sfsu.edu 

Corresponding Secretary: Heather Driscoll, University Herbarium, University of California, Berkeley, CA 94720, 
hdriscoll @ berkeley.edu 

Treasurer: Thomas Schweich, California Botanical Society, Jepson Herbarium, University of California, Berkeley, 
CA 94720, tomas @schweich.com 


The Council of the California Botanical Society comprises the officers listed above plus the immediate Past President, 
Dean Kelch, Jepson Herbarium, University of California, Berkeley, CA 94720, dkelch @berkeley.edu; the Membership 
Chair, Kim Kersh, University and Jepson Herbaria, University of California, Berkeley, CA 94720, kersh @ berkeley. 
edu; the Editor of Madrofio; and three elected Council Members: Chelsea Specht, Department of Plant and Microbial 
Biology, University of California, Berkeley, CA 94720-2465, cdspecht@berkeley.edu; Ellen Simms, Department 
of Intergrative Biology, 3060 Valley Life Sciences Bldg., #3140, University of California, Berkeley, CA 94720, 
esimms @berkeley.edu. Staci Markos, University and Jepson Herbaria, University of California, Berkeley, CA 
94720, smarkos @berkeley.edu. Graduate Student Representatives: Ben Carter, Department of Integrative Biology 
and University Herbarium, University of California, Berkeley, CA 94720, bcarter@berkeley.edu. Webmaster: Susan 
Bainbridge, Jepson Herbarium, University of California, Berkeley, CA 94720-2465, sjbainbridge @ berkeley.edu. 


This paper meets the requirements of ANSI/NISO Z39.48-1992 (Permanence of Paper). 


MADRONO, Vol. 58, No. 3, pp. 131-144, 2011 


| GMT HSONIay 
APR 129012 


LIBRARIES 


RECONSIDERATION OF THE TAXONOMIC STATUS OF MASON’S 
LILAEOPSIS — A STATE-PROTECTED RARE SPECIES IN CALIFORNIA 


PEGGY L. FIEDLER 
Natural Reserve System, UC Office of the President, Office of Research and 
Graduate Studies, 1111 Franklin Street, 6" Floor, Oakland, CA 94607 
peggy.fiedler@ucop.edu 


ESA K. CRUMB 
Wetlands and Water Resources, 818 Fifth Ave, STE 208, San Rafael, CA 94901 


A. KATE KNOX 
7730 19% Avenue NE, Seattle, WA 98115 


ABSTRACT 


Lilaeopsis masonii is a California state-listed rare species with a wide range of morphologies 
observed in the field throughout its range, and in herbaria collections. This extensive variation 
confounds reliable taxonomic identification, particularly for those specimens intermediate between L. 
masonii and its sister taxon, L. occidentalis. To investigate the genetic basis of this morphological 
variation, we examined two portions of the Lilaeopsis genome in seven species. Specifically we sought 
to determine whether L. masonii is sufficiently distinct from its closely related, widespread congener to 
continue to warrant specific status. DNA sequence analysis of ITS1, 5.8S, and ITS2 nuclear ribosomal 
DNA revealed no differences between L. occidentalis and L. masonii California collections, and 
minimal differences between these samples and L. occidentalis collected from the state of Washington, 
suggesting strongly that these two species form a single clade. A combination of fragment data from 
three AFLP primers yielded 274 fragments from 29 samples. Genetic Manhattan distance values 
calculated from the AFLP matrix within species ranged from a low of 1.4 to a high of 6.6, reflecting 
minor differences among all samples. UPGMA cluster phenograms support the results of the PCA 
analysis, illustrating a cluster of L. occidentalis + masonii samples distinct from other Li/aeopsis 
species. Because conservation dollars should protect unique evolutionary entities, we suggest that L. 
masonii be subsumed under L. occidentalis and therefore no longer receive formal state protection. 


Key Words: AFLP, Apiaceae, California endangered species Act, goldilocks conundrum, ITS, 
lilaeopsis masonii, lilaeopsis occidentalis, UPGMA. 


Lilaeopsis masonii Mathias & Constance (Ma- 
son’s lilaeopsis) is one of 15 wetland or aquatic 
species of the widespread genus Lilaeopsis Greene 
within the Apiaceae. The genus Lilaeopsis 1s 
comprised of perennial herbs characterized by a 
horizontal stem with leaves commonly in clusters 
(“‘ramets’’) borne directly from the stem, although 
rarely leaves occur individually. Lilaeopsis is 
notable in its morphologic simplicity—entire, 
generally linear leaves; simple umbels; absence 
of a carpophore; and, a strongly reduced habit 
(Petersen et al. 2002; Downie et al. 2000; Downie 
et al. 2008). Such simple morphology has led to 
a long history of taxonomic uncertainties and 
difficulty in the reconstruction of its phylogeny. 

Evidence for monophyly of Li/aeopsis is strong 
(Petersen et al. 2002). However, recent research 
based on molecular evidence from nuclear and 
chloroplast genes suggests that the genus is best 
placed in the Oenantheae tribe within the 
Apioideae (Downie et al. 2008) and that Lilaeop- 
sis 18 sister to the clade comprising Ptilimnium, 
Limnosciadium, Daucosma, Cynosciadium and 
rachis-leaved species of Oxypolis, not the Mexi- 


can genus Neogoezia as suggested by Petersen 
et al. (2002). The New World endemics clade of 
tribe Oenantheae is native to North America and 
comprises a monophyletic group that appears to 
be evolving much faster than any other major 
clade recognized in the tribe (Hardway et al. 
2004). 

Early taxonomic work on the genus in 
California by Hill (1927) and Mason (1957) 
included mention of comparatively smaller and 
narrower leaves in Lilaeopsis specimens occurring 
away from the coast, in contrast to a relatively 
more robust coastal form. Professor Herbert 
Mason, an early expert on the wetland flora of 
California, first collected a relatively smaller 
Lilaeopsis from Brannan Island of the San 
Francisco Bay/Sacramento-San Joaquin Delta 
(Bay-Delta). He referred to the smaller form as 
the “San Francisco Bay and river-mouth” form 
(Mason 1957: 631). This specimen, according to 
Mason (unpublished) was ‘‘definitely distinct 
from the coastal L. occidentalis.’’ Western 
lilaeopsis (Lilaeopsis occidentalis J. M. Coulter 
& Rose) is a widespread, common species, 


139 MADRONO 


ranging from the Queen Charlotte Islands of 
British Columbia, Canada to Marin County, 
California (Affolter 1985). Considered to be a 
coastal species confined to salt water or brackish 
water intertidal habitats, collections of L. occi- 
dentalis from inland fresh water lentic and lotic 
habitats are known, but considered “‘uncharac- 
teristic’ (Affolter 1985). 

Lilaeopsis masonii was not described as a 
distinct taxon for two decades after the smaller 
form in the Bay-Delta was first observed. In 
1977, Mathias and Constance formally recog- 
nized the diminutive nature of a specimen 
obtained from Twitchell Island in the Bay-Delta 
as L. masonii (Mathias and Constance 1977). 
Mathias and Constance described L. masonii as 
distinct from L. occidentalis based upon the 
former (rare) taxon bearing narrower, typically 
shorter, and more or less terete leaves, and an 
inland distribution. They honored Herbert Ma- 
son’s expertise in the wetland flora of the State 
with the specific epithet. 

Mason’s lilaeopsis was one of the first vascular 
plant species to be protected as “‘rare’”’ under the 
California Endangered Species Act (CESA) 
(California Fish & Game Code 882050, ef seq.). 
At the time of its listing in November 1979, only 
seven population occurrences were known 
(CNDDB 2009). Since formal protection, the 
documented extent of geographic distribution 
and population abundance of L. masonii has 
increased nearly three-fold, primarily as a result 
of concentrated field survey efforts conducted in 
the early 1990’s by Golden, Fiedler, and Zebell 
(Golden and Fiedler 1991; Golden 1992; Fiedler 
and Zebell 1993; Zebell and Fiedler 1996). Today, 
Mason’s lilaeopsis is known to occur within 24 
USGS quadrangles and seven counties (CNPS 
2008), spanning across roughly 690 square miles. 
One hundred eighty-six documented occurrences 
are on record with the state (CNDDB 2009), 
although most, but not all are extant. 


A History of Taxonomic Uncertainty 


Confusion over the taxonomic limits of this 
rare species existed from the beginning of its 
description. Two examples are relevant. First, a 
long-controversial Lilaeopsis specimen collected 
by Schreiber (#42266 UC, 28 June 1936) from 
Chicken Ranch Beach in Marin County derives 
from outside the circumscribed geographic range 
of the endemic inland taxon. Leaf lengths from 
this specimen range between 15 to 42 mm, a 
morphological range characteristic of compara- 
tively larger leaf lengths for L. masonii. However, 
it is possible to key these larger leaved Chicken 
Ranch Beach specimens to L. occidentalis in 
every relevant flora (e.g., Hickman 1993). 

Affolter (1985) examined this specimen in his 
monograph of Lilaeopsis, and accepted it as L. 


[Vol. 58 


masonii, but noted that it was a geographical 
outlier for the rare, Bay-Delta endemic species. 
Today, CNPS (Tibor 2001) acknowledges that 
this specimen is likely to be L. occidentalis, not 
the rare L. masonii, but provides no explanation. 
Several attempts to relocate this Lilaeopsis 
material at Chicken Ranch Beach by the authors 
have failed as the population appears to be 
extirpated, thereby making an independent spe- 
cies corroboration impossible. 

It is important to note that (1) numerous 
collections of L. occidentalis from the beaches of 
Marin and Sonoma counties exist, (2) leaf lengths 
range by an order of magnitude or more within 
and between adjacent populations of L. occiden- 
talis, (3) the number and clarity of internal 
crosswalls considered important diagnostic char- 
acters are more likely a function of relative plant 
size, exposure, or both, and (4) inland collections 
of the common species are known from the state 
of Washington (e.g., UC 1594452; 4 September 
1962). Also noteworthy, L. masonii has never 
again been collected on the Pacific coast of North 
America beyond Schreiber’s Marin Co. collection 
in 1936. 

Further, Affolter (1985) remarked that leaves 
from a collection of L. masonii (derived from 
Sherman Island immediately down river of 
Twitchell and Brannan islands) cultivated for 
his greenhouse comparisons were “‘remarkably 
longer than any of the herbarium material” 
(Affolter 1985:70). He suggested the observed 
overall larger and more robust greenhouse 
material was evidence of how difficult it is to 
understand vegetative plasticity from herbarium 
material alone. However, the relatively robust 
response of Mason’s lilaeopsis to the mild 
conditions of a greenhouse suggests strongly that 
strict morphological distinctions between the two 
taxa are problematic. 

Additional morphological characters further 
support the assertion that L. masonii is not 
distinctly different from L. occidentalis. Affolter 
(1985:70) noted that the “two taxa are similar in 
several respects,”’ including similar (1) leaf shapes 
(linear), (2) rhizome branching architecture, (3) 
fruit shapes, (4) fruit cell types, (5) fruit venation 
patterns, (6) habitats, and they have (7) overlap- 
ping geographic distributions. Despite all these 
similarities, Affolter (1985:71) supported their 
separate specific status, primarily because ““when 
grown under a common-garden environment in 
the greenhouse, the two species retained the 
vegetative characteristics that distinguish them 
in the field.” 

Subsequent laboratory studies conducted by 
the principal author and her students (Golden 
and Fiedler 1991; Golden 1992; Fiedler and 
Zebell 1993; Zebell and Fiedler 1996) have 
provided little clarity. Most importantly, no 
nucleotide variation was found among nine 


2011] 


populations of L. masonii or between L. occiden- 
talis and L. masonii when the 204 nucleotides of 
the ITS2 nuclear genome were ascertained 
(Fiedler and Zebell 1993). Fiedler and her 
colleagues thus concluded tentatively that the 
rare species was most likely an inland ecotype not 
clearly distinct from its widespread congener. 


Field Observations 


Decades of field observations of Lilaeopsis 
throughout the Bay-Delta, Suisun Marsh, and 
Napa River ecosystems do not reinforce many of 
the conclusions offered by Hill (1927), Mason 
(1957, unpublished), Mathias and Constance 
(1977), and Affolter (1985) supporting the 
recognition of two distinct taxa. Rather, the few 
vegetative characteristics that typify this genus 
are highly variable both within and between 
populations throughout this region. Occurrences 
of L. masonii in the lower Napa River, studied 
since 2001 (WSP 2007, unpublished; Blasland, 
Bouck, & L, Inc. unpublished; Entrix unpub- 
lished; L.C. Lee & Associates unpublished; Still- 
water Sciences and Fiedler unpublished) include 
a full spectrum of individual ramet sizes. Often, 
both large and small forms of Lilaeopsis species, 
easily identifiable to the two different species, can 
be found growing in the same location. Often the 
plant stature/leaf length size gradient runs per- 
pendicular to the shoreline, where the small 
‘“masonii’ form (approx.1.5—4.5 cm in height) 
grows relatively close to the water’s edge, while 
increasing larger and more robust “‘occidentalis”’ 
(approx. =11 cm in height) can be found further 
from the water. “Intermediate” or medium-sized 
Lilaeopsis material (approx. >6.25 and <11 cm 
in height) is common throughout this shoreline/ 
river bank habitat and geographic range, and 
keys to either (or both) the rare or the common 
species. We call this phenomenon—.e., range in 
size of a critical morphological character, with 
significant overlap between taxa—the ‘‘Goldi- 
locks Conundrum”’ to highlight the problem that 
the intermediate-sized material is not “‘just right,”’ 
but rather, highly problematic. 

To resolve our conundrum and determine 
whether L. masonii is a discrete species distinct 
from L. occidentalis, we initiated a genetic 
analysis of seven species of this genus. We 
hypothesized that there were no significant 
differences between diagnostic portions of the 
genome selected for this study of the two species, 
L. masonii and L. occidentalis. Based on these 
analyses, we then explored whether L. masonii 
watrants continued recognition as a distinct 
species or rather, should be subsumed under the 
widespread and common L. occidentalis. If no 
significant differences were shown to exist be- 
tween diagnostic portions of the L. occidentalis 
and L. masonii genomes, then L. masonii should 


FIEDLER ET AL.: RECONSIDERATION OF MASON’S LILAEOPSIS 133 


be subsumed within L. occidentalis, and contin- 
ued protection under the California Endanger- 
ed Species Act for L. masonii should be 
reconsidered. 

Fallon (2007) noted that genetic information is 
being used increasingly to resolve taxonomic 
issues for protection at the federal level under 
the U.S. Endangered Species Act of 1973 (ESA). 
She conducted a review of listing decisions made 
by the U.S. Fish & Wildlife Service and the 
National Marine Fisheries of species, subspecies, 
or distinct population segments (DPSs) proposed 
for protection under the ESA. Fallon determined 
that the listing fate of a DPS based upon data 
from more than one genetic marker resulted in a 
higher probability of protection than candidate 
taxon or population segment whose discreteness 
was determined by a single genetic marker. With 
the cautionary tale of Fallon’s findings in mind, 
we examined the ITS region of the nuclear 
genome and, to corroborate our ITS findings, 
conducted an amplified fragment length poly- 
morphism (AFLP) analysis on a similar suite of 
taxa. 

We chose the ITS region in large part because 
Hardway et al. (2004) found evidence for 
particularly rapid evolution in the Oenanthe clade 
that includes Lilaeopsis when compared to the 
rest of the taxa. Sequence divergences in this 
clade averaged 6—7 times higher (approx. 17%) 
than between species in Oenanthe (approx. 2.8%) 
or Cicuta (approx. 2.4%) (Hardway et al. 2004). 
AFLP analysis was selected as a secondary 
marker system based on the increasing popularity 
of this form of DNA fingerprinting as a 
complementary system in phylogenetic studies 
(Holland et al. 2008). Additionally, AFLP 
fingerprinting offers a reliable, robust, and 
genomically comprehensive method of genetic 
analysis for taxa lacking complex nuclear and 
organellar markers (Vos et al. 1995). 


MATERIALS AND METHODS 


Field Collection 


Lilaeopsis masonii specimens were collected in 
the spring of 2007 from locations along the Napa 
River and in the Sacramento/San Joaquin Delta. 
Lilaeopsis occidentalis was collected from Bodega 
Head, California, and Mason and Lawrence lakes 
in Washington State (Fig. 1). Leaf material to be 
used in DNA extraction was preserved in silica gel 
at the time of collection. Vouchers were deposited 
at the herbarium at San Francisco State Univer- 
sity (SFSU) (Table 1). Material for L. brasiliensis 
(Glaz.) Affolter and L. mauritiana G. Petersen & J. 
Affolter was obtained from a commercial aquarium 
supplier (freshwateraquariumplants.com). The 
dataset is composed of 35 nrDNA ITS sequences 
representing seven taxa, including three sequences 


MADRONO 


[Vol. 58 


Washington Samples 


hal 
ell Br 


| Maxw 
~sa 


Nevada 


‘Hill Slough/Grizzly Island 


Liberty Island 


[Twitchell Island 


134 
= i 7 
California 
7 
Napa’ 
Bodega “Vv ¢ 
Collinsville 
3 Mile Slough 
Brannan Is. Boat Ramp — 
Fic. 1. 
this study. 


from Genbank (L. carolinensis J. M. Coulter & 
Rose, L. novae-zelandiae (Gand.) A. W. Hill, and 
L. occidentalis), two specimens from the aquarium 
trade labeled as L. brasiliensis and L. mauritiana, 
and two specimens of L. schaffneriana (Schltdl.) J. 
M. Coulter & Rose subsp. recurva (A. W. Hill) 
Affolter courtesy of the Desert Botanical Garden 
staff. Comprehensive sampling was conducted for 
L. masonii and L. occidentalis as the purpose of 
this study was to resolve the taxonomic classifi- 
cation for these two species. A detailed systematic 


O \3sr5 75 150 Miles 


Map of the geographic locations of Lilaeopsis masonii and L. occidentalis specimens collected for 


study for Lilaeopsis is in preparation (S. Downie, 
Univ. of Dlinois, Urbana-Champaign, personal 
communication). 


ITS Methods 


DNA from leaf tissue of five of the seven 
species was extracted using the Qiagen DNeasy 
Plant Mini Kit (QIAGEN, Inc., Valencia, CA), 
following the manufacturer’s protocol with slight 
modifications. Lilaeopsis carolinensis and _ L. 


135 


MSAS 
NSAS 


OLSAS 


OSAS 
‘OZ*D se[snog 
‘U0sIIO “VSN 
OSHS 
OSHS 
OSHS 
UdsI3}og IID 
‘yJNO ‘puevles7 MONT 
OSAS 
IOyONOA ON 
OSAS 
OSAS 
OSAS 
OSHS 
OSHS 
OSAS 
OSAS 
OSAS 
OSAS 
OSHS 
OSAS 
OSAS 
OSAS 
OSAS 


OWSAS 

OSAS 

OLSAS 

OSAS 

OSAS 

OWSAS 

OSAS 
suspley s1urj0g 
YSN JO “AtUs) 

‘yn ‘euNnUasIV 


FIEDLER ET AL.: RECONSIDERATION OF MASON’S LILAEOPSIS 


UOTBOOT JBYONOA =psz9][09 318Q] ONTHLYON 


2011] 


V/N 
V/N 


CO6I/LI/9 


1661/7 1/9 


V/N 
800C/S C/L 
800C/S C/L 
LOOC/L/OI 


V/N 
LOOC/LC/8 
LOOC/9C/8 
LOOC/tC/8 
LOOC/VC/8 
LOOC/VC/8 
LOOC/€C/8 
LOOC/VC/8 
LOOC/t 1/6 

LO0C/9/¢ 
LOOC/VC/V 
LOOC/VC/V 
LOOC/V C/V 
LOOC/V C/V 
LOOC/S C/V 
LOOC/S C/V 
LOOC/VC/v 


LOOC/OI/S 
LOOC/8/S 
LOOC/8/S 
LOOC/6/S 
LOOC/6/S 
LOOC/8/S 
LOOC/9/S 


VN 


V/N 
V/N 


O69TOSE 


‘xoiddy 


Te96LPe 


‘xoiddy 


V/N 
tVPL8sIs 
DLOIPCS 
Oct lecr 


V/N 
vILvlcr 
Ocelecr 
OO6LECL 
8Pe9Icr 
Ocrél cr 
8CS8ICV 
9V80ICS 
S686ECL 
L8CVECY 
6tLLecVy 
6CLLecV 
99OLLECY 
99OLLECV 
C8S8ECP 
86C8ECV 
OLOSECL 


O9CLECYL 
C8C9CCH 
C8C9CCH 
LOL9tCcY 
StO9ECL 
VCOVECL 
VCOVECL 


VN 


V/N 
V/N 
V869CS 


‘xoiddy 


600LSS 


‘xolddy 


V/N 
LSecOSo 
LStcOso 
9C8P6r0 


V/N 
6¢60090 
68SS8S0 
6vS¢190 
SSPst90 
SL6rv190 
tc6c190 
8IL16SO 
tI Lc9s 
SeSc9so 
c9Vc9SO 
c9Vc9SO0 
T19c9SO 
LT9c9SO0 
888c9S0 
CS8C9SO 
6¢8c9SO 


OISc9SO 
6LEc9SO 
6LEc9SO 
cOEc9SO 
8LECc9SO 
69¢c9S0 
69¢c9S0 


VN 


ONILSV4A 


VN 
VN 


V/N 


V/N 


V/N 
LO! 
LO! 
STI 


V/N 
STI 
SIT 
SII 
SII 
SII 
STI 
SII 
SII 
STI 
SII 
SII 
STI 
STI 
SII 
STI 
SII 


STI 
SII 
SII 
SII 
SIT 
SII 
SII 


VN 


WL 


V/N 
V/N 


ZV ‘eyOuog 
ZV ‘astyoog 


V/N 

VM ‘UO}sINY ], 
VM ‘uose|] 
VO ‘UHR 


V/N 

VO ‘ourjog 

VO ‘ourfos 

VO ‘ourjos 

VO ‘olUSTTReIDeS 
VO ‘olustTRIDeS 
VO— So yUSTTRIDeS 
V°— ‘B1SOD PIJUOD 
Vo ‘eden 

Vo ‘eden 

Vo ‘eden 

Vo ‘eden 

Vo ‘eden 

Vo ‘eden 

Vo ‘eden 

Vo ‘eden 

VO ‘eden 


Va ‘eden 
Vo ‘eden 
VO ‘eden 
Vo ‘eden 
Vo ‘eden 
Vo— ‘eden 
Vo ‘eden 


VN 
97e1s ‘AyUNOD 


€€TLPIOH F#// Woosyuefdumnuenbesayemysasy 
PETLPIOH  #// Wuoo'sjuv;dumuenbessyemyso1f 


TETLPIOH F#// PUOZITY “UOkURD BODES 


I€TLPOOHF #// PUOZITY “UOCKURD BODES 


CVCOIEAV SLI 


CPTLPIOH #// VM ‘OOUDIMET YLT 
precTLP9OH #// VM ‘AAeT Uosepy 
9€TLPYOHF // PRAH eSapog 


8LC99VAV-SLI 


OPZLP9OH #// LOO-AIASUT[OD 

THTLPIOH  #// 900-PURTST ATZZIID/Yysnojs [tH 
SETLPIOH// SOO-PURIS] A9qQrT 

OOLPEIOH# / /POO- PURIST [24M L 
IpCLpPOOH# #// €00- dures yeoq purysy uUeuURIg 
S~TLPIOH #// TOO- UBNOTS AHA € 
LETLPYOH# //100- JOqIeH AoayoW 
6ETLPIOH// LO-ME - Jeary eden 
ZOH/TOO-VI JoaTy eden 


Q7OE-MZT JoaTy eden 
B7OE-MC Joary eden 
QLOA-AT Joary eden 
eLOA-AC Joary eden 
LOG-AT Joary eden 
LOW-AT Joary eden 


LOS-dI 


IoAry eden 


IOLPE9OH# 


// 98Plg []2MxXP/LO-VI1 


4L0H-VI 
PLOH-VI 


N vod-V I 


pod-VI 
q6c-VI 
P6c-VI 


IoAry eden 
IdAry eden 
IoATy eden 
IaaAry eden 
IoAry eden 
IoAry eden 
IoArTy eden 


eIZLIAd -SLI 


‘OU DOUdIIJaI YURGUIDH / uoT]edOT sJduIeS 


‘SASATVNV dIHV GONV SI] Od SUAAWOAN NOISSAOOY ANVENAD GNV NOILVNYOAN] NOLLOATIOD 


DUDIJIANDUL * 
SISUAI]ISDAG * 


DUDIAIUL{DYIS ° 


SI]DJUIAPIIIO * 


IDIPUDJIZ-IDAOU * 


1UuOSDUL "JT 


SISUIUTJOADI “T 


so1sodsg 


‘| alav bs 


136 


TABLE 2. AFLP PRIMER AND ADAPTER SEQUENCES. 


Primer 


AdlEcoRI 
Ad1Msel 
prampEcoRI 
prampMsel 
FAM-EcoRI 
HEX-EcoRI 
MselI + CAA 
Msel + CAT 
MselI + CAG 


novae-zealandiae were excluded from this analysis 
due to technical difficulties with the DNA 
extraction from the leaf material. Dilutions of 
the genomic DNA extract of 1:10 in ultrapure 
water were used in PCR reactions. The contigu- 
ous ITSI, 5.88, and ITS2 regions of nuclear 
ribosomal DNA were PCR-amplified using the 
primers ITSLEU (Baum et al. 1998) and ITS4 
(White et al. 1990) in final reaction volumes of 
25 ul. Positive amplifications were purified using 
the MO BIO UltraClean PCR Clean-up DNA 
Purification Kit (MO BIO Laboratories, Inc., 
Solana Beach, CA). Internal primers ITS2 and 
ITS3 (White et al. 1990) were used in addition to 
ITSLEU and ITS4 in cycle-sequencing reactions 
in order to extend fragments and clarify ambigu- 
ities. Fragments were sequenced with the BigDye 
3.1 kit (Applied Biosystems, Foster City, CA) 
following the manufacturer’s protocols, and 
visualized using the ABI PRISM 3100 Genetic 
Analyzer (Applied Biosystems). Sequences were 
manually aligned using Sequencher 3.1.1 (Gene- 
Codes Corp., Ann Arbor, MI) and MacClade 
4.04 (Maddison and Maddison 2001). 


AFLP Methods 


AFLP fingerprinting was conducted follow- 
ing a modified protocol based on the methods 
described by Vos et al. (1995). DNA extracts 
prepared for ITS analysis also were used for 
this study undiluted. Approximate DNA con- 
centrations for all samples were estimated to 
contain a range of concentrations from 10 ng/ul 
to 50 ng/ul using an ethidium dot test. DNA 
template of each sample was digested using the 
infrequent endonuclease cutter EcoR1 and the 
frequent endonuclease cutter Msel. Immediately 
following digestion, the entire digestion reaction 
was combined with an equal volume of ligation 
mix. 

The resulting fragmented DNA template con- 
taining “sticky ends” was diluted five-fold and 
subsequently amplified by PCR using a pre- 
selective primer mix. This step effectively reduces 
the number of possible fragments by approxi- 
mately 1/16" (Meudt and Clarke 2007). The 


MADRONO 


[Vol. 58 


Sequence 


5’ =CTCGTAGACTGCGTACG— 3” 
5 =CGACGATGAGRCCTGAG— 3! 

5’ =GACTGCGTACCAATTCA— 3’ 

5 “GATGAGTCCTGAGTAAC= 3’ 
5’ -GACTGCGTACCAATTCAAC- 3’ 
5) =GACT GCG TAGCAATTCACG=3" 
5 =GATGAGTCCTGAGTAACAA— 3 
5’ -GATGAGTCCTGAGTAACAT= 3’ 
5’ -GATGAGTCCITGAGTAACAG— 3” 


pre-selective reaction condition consisted of 30 
cycles of 94° for 30 sec, 56° for 1 min, and 72° for 
1 min. 

Three combinations of selective primer sets 
were used to produce a final AFLP fingerprint 
for each sample (Table 2). Each set of selective 
primers consisted of a primer region matching the 
known adapter sequence, as well as three selective 
nucleotides on the 3’ end of the MseI primer and 
three selective nucleotides plus a florescent label 
on the 3’ end the of EcoRI primer. Template for 
the pre-selective PCR was diluted 6-fold and then 
combined with a master mix containing one set of 
selective PCR primers. A step-down PCR was 
used to amplify the selective fragments in a 
program consisting of 13 cycles of 94° for 30 sec, 
65° for 30 sec (—0.7° per cycle), and 72° for 1 min, 
followed by 24 cycles of 94° for 30 sec, 56° for 
30 sec, and 72° for 10 sec. 

The final selective PCR product fragments 
containing a fluorescently labeled EcoRI end and 
unlabeled Msel end were analyzed undiluted 
using an ABI 3100 genetic analyzer (Applied 
Biosystems). Initial fragments were sized first 
using the analysis software GeneScan (Applied 
Biosystems) and using the program by GeneMar- 
ker© (SoftGenetics, State College, PA). After a 
comparison of fragment calling using both programs, 
all samples were analyzed using GeneMarker®. 

Fragments were recorded for each sample in a 
data matrix based on a binary system (1 for 
presence, 0 for absence); a data matrix was 
developed for each primer combination and then 
all data was collated into a single data matrix. To 
test reproducibility of results, twenty percent of 
all samples selected at random for each primer 
pair were re-analyzed, starting with the initial 
DNA extracts. Fragment peaks that were deter- 
mined to be consistently low (below 300 peak 
intensity) or unpredictable were dropped from 
the matrix table. 


Data Analysis 


Phylogenetic analyses of ITS sequences were 
conducted using Phylip version 3.68 (Felsentein 
2004). All characters were weighted equally, 


2011] 


character state transformations were treated as 
unordered, and gaps were treated as missing data. 
Most-parsimonious trees were obtained in Phylip 
using the “‘branch-and-bound” method of exact 
search implemented by the analysis unit DNA- 
PENNY. Bootstrap re-sampling (1000 replicates) 
was used to assess nodal support (Felsenstein 
1985). Most parsimonious trees were generated 
from a search of 100,000 trees and a final tree was 
derived using a strict consensus tree method 
(Felsenstein 2004). Additional tree searches were 
conducted in greater volumes, up to 1,000,000. 
However, larger searches produced the same final 
tree, thus a smaller tree search was selected to 
reduce run-time during bootstrapping. Several 
combinations of Lilaeopsis species outgroups 
were explored before selecting L. novae-zelandiae 
as the outgroup. This selection was based on 
indications of a potential sister group relationship 
between L. novae-zelandiae and L. occidentalis, 
which was supported by ITS phylogenetic anal- 
ysis of this genus within the Apiaceae tribe 
described in Downie et al. (2008). Genetic 
distances to determine branch lengths were 
calculated in Phylip using the Jukes-Cantor 
method implemented in DNADIST and a 
Fitch-Margoliash (FITCH) search. 

AFLP phylogenetic analysis was performed us- 
ing the program Phylip version 3.68 (Felsenstein 
2004). A genetic distance matrix was created 
using the techniques described by Nei and Lei 
(1979) as implemented by RestDist in Phylip 
(Felsenstein 2004). The output matrix was then 
input into NEIGHBOR using the UPGMA 
method of cluster analysis (Felsenstein 2004). 
Using this approach, an output tree was con- 
structed by successive clustering using an aver- 
age-linkage method of clustering. The output file 
was then plotted as both a rooted and unrooted 
tree. A search for the most parsimonious trees 
was implemented first using the branch-and- 
bound algorithm of DOLPENNY (100,000 trees 
searched) in Phylip following bootstrap analysis 
using 100 replicates. A 50% majority-rule con- 
sensus tree was then generated to condense the 
results into a final tree, which is presented here. 
Previous studies of Lilaeopsis using AFLP 
analysis have not previously been reported. As 
such, outgroup selection for AFLP parsimony 
analysis was determined following variable, 
preliminary analysis replicates. Lilaeopsis schaff- 
neriana was selected as this species is the closest 
geographically to both ZL. masonii and _ L. 
occidentalis. Further, L. schaffneriana also dem- 
onstrated sufficient genetic differences to be used 
as an appropriate outgroup. 

To further visualize potential multi-dimen- 
sional correlation of AFLP data based on 
genetic similarities, an additional genetic dis- 
tance matrix was derived using Manhattan 
distance (StatisiXL; www.statistixl.com). These 


FIEDLER ET AL.: RECONSIDERATION OF MASON’S LILAEOPSIS [37 


data were then analyzed using a _ principal 
coordinates analysis (PCA) using the Microsoft 
Excel© add-in program GenAIEx 6.2 (Peakall 
and Smouse 2006). To determine whether a 
measurable degree of genetic dissimilarity 
among L. occidentalis (WA and CA samples) 
and L. masonii (CA samples) could be attributed 
to geographic distance, an additional test of 
molecular variance based on geographic origin as 
measured by Global Position System (GPS) also 
was tested. A two-way analysis of variance was 
assessed for collections of L. occidentalis and L. 
masonii using an analysis of molecular variance 
(AMOVA) with GenAIEx 6.2 (Peakall and 
Smouse 2006). Significance was assessed using 
99 permutations. 


RESULTS 


DNA sequence analysis of the ITS regions 
ITS1, 5.88, and ITS2 of nuclear ribosomal DNA, 
based on a most parsimonious search of 64,631 
trees using a branch-and-bound method, revealed 
no differences between California samples of L. 
occidentalis and L. masonii samples, including a 
GenBank accession for L. occidentalis (100 of 100 
trees) (Fig. 2). Within the L. occidentalis\L. 
masonii clade, samples collected from Washing- 
ton clustered separately. Distance values between 
Washington and California samples were low for 
single collections from Lawrence Lake and 
Mason’s Lake (0.1 and 0.3%, respectively). 
However, a second sample from Lawrence Lake 
exhibited higher distance values (1.5%), which 
may be due to missing data. Distance values for 
California samples of L. masonii and L. occiden- 
talis were 0% across all samples. Comparatively, 
distance values between the additional species 
used for this study ranged from 1.2—8%. Distance 
based analysis of ITS sequences found an 
identical tree structure as the strict consensus 
tree inferred from most parsimonious results 
implemented by DNAPENNY. Bootstrap esti- 
mates from 1000 replicate analyses yielded 100% 
nodal support for all branches. Branch placement 
and relationship of Lilaeopsis species used in this 
study are consistent with results of a previous ITS 
phylogenetic analyses by Downie et al. (2008), 
though that study excluded L. masoniti. 

The three AFLP primer combinations gener- 
ated 274 unique fragments among 29 samples, 
with only 21 fragments shared or monomorphic 
between the five species used in this study. 
Although a small sample size was used, specifi- 
cally for L. brasiliensis, L. schaffneriana, and L. 
mauritiana, the large number of shared fragments 
is potentially indicative of low genetic diversity 
within this genus, which is consistent with species 
exhibiting high morphologic plasticity (Linhart 
and Grant 1996). The number of total diagnostic 
bands from the three markers combined data set 


138 MADRONO 


t—{ 0.003 substitutions/base 


L. brasiliensis2 
L. brasiliensis? 


L. mauritiana 


L. occidentalis (Bodega Bay, CA) 
1A-B04a, Napa 
L. occidentalis (Mason Lake, WA) 


L. occidentalis (Lawrence Lake2, WA) 
L. occidentalis (Lawrence Lake,1 WA 


L. occidentalis (GenBank) 
3 Mile Slough, CA 
Grizzly Island, CA 
Brannan Island, CA 
1A-H07b, Napa 
1A-29a, Napa 
Collinsville, CA 
2W-B02a, Napa 
2w-B02b, Napa 
2E-A04, Napa 
McAvoy Harboy, CA 
Reach 3, Napa 
2E-B07a, Napa 
2E-A07, Napa 
1A-B04b, Napa 
Liberty Island, CA 
1A-H07a, Napa 
2W-B02a, Napa 
1A-001, Napa 
1A-29b, Napa 
Maxwell Bridge, Napa 


Twitchell Island, CA 
1B-S07, Napa 


L. carolinensis (GenBank) 


L.schaffneriana? 
L.schaffneriana2 


L.novae-zelandiae (GenBank) 


Fic. 2. 


Strict consensus tree derived from ITS sequence data using the branch and bound method implemented 


by DOLPENNY. Branch values are Bootstraps. Upper left tree illustrates distance values, branch lengths are 
proportional to the number of nucleotide substitutions per base. 


varied between species, ranging from a low of 98 
bands for one sample of L. schaffneriana, to a 
high of 135 bands for the Mason Lake, WA 
sample of L. occidentalis, with a mean number of 
AFLP bands equaling 123 (SD = 9.5) (Table 3). 

Within species genetic distance values (Man- 
hattan distance calculated from the AFLP 
matrix) ranged from a low of 1.4 for L. masonii 
(Napa River site #1A-H07, large and small 
forms), to a high of 6.6 for L. masonii (Napa 
site 1A-BO4 and Twitchell Island collections). 
Between species values ranged from a low of 4.1 
for L. occidentalis (Mason Lake, WA) and L. 


masonti (Napa River #2W-B02), to high of 11.9 
for L. schaffneriana and L. occidentalis (Lake 
Lawrence, WA collection). 

Principal coordinate analysis (PCA) illustrated 
an overlapping association between samples of L. 
occidentalis and L. masonii (Fig. 3), but a clear 
differentiation between the L. occidentalis/L. 
masonii cluster and all other Lilaeopsis species 
examined in this study, i.e., L. schaffneriana, L. 
mauritiana, and L. brasiliensis. The small separa- 
tion observed between the L. occidentalis and L. 
masonii data may be attributed to geographic 
distance. Results of AMOVA analysis derived 


2011] FIEDLER ET AL.: RECONSIDERATION OF MASON’S LILAEOPSIS 139 
TABLE 3. AFLP FRAGMENT NUMBERS FOR EACH SPECIES. 
Mean or Total No. of Fragments 

Species CAA CAG CAT Total 
L. masonii 33.0 46.1 21.9 125.1 
L. occidentalis a paw 50 22:9 128.8 
L. schaffneriana subsp. recurva 47.5 34.5 16 99.5 
L. brasiliensis a2 39 21 114 
L. mauritiana 43 38 16 99 
All Fragments 123 


from grouping samples based on geographic 
location indicated that approximately 73% of 
genetic variation was distributed between groups 
and thus 23% among groups, supporting the 
conclusion that most observed genetic variation 1s 
due to geographic distance (P = 0.01). 

The UPGMA cluster phenograms provides 
additional support for the results of the PCA 
analysis, illustrating a combined grouping of L. 
occidentalis (CA and WA) and L. masonii 
samples (Fig. 4). Within the L. occidentalis and 
L. masonii clade, samples collected from Wash- 
ington clustered separately from samples col- 
lected within California, corroborative of results 
of AMOVA indicating that variation within this 
clade is due in large part to geographic distance. 
Samples of L. brasiliensis and L. mauritiana 
cluster separately but are sister to the L. 
occidentalis/L. masonii clade; L. schaffneriana 
samples also cluster separately but are sister to 
all other specimens/species used for this study. 
The most parsimonious tree from the maximum 
parsimony analysis supports a single L. occiden- 
talis/L. masonii clade; however, additional reso- 


(gm 


> L. occidentalis (CA) 


Lioccidentalis (WA) 


Coord.2 


: 
| 
| 
| : L.masonii 


lution within this taxon is less certain of the 
specific placement of Lilaeopsis samples, based 
on geographic location (Fig. 5). 


DISCUSSION 


Taxonomic implications. Within the last two 
decades, the use of genetic techniques to distinguish 
discrete evolutionary units has become common 
place in systematic biology. Use of genetic data in 
the protection of endangered species when morpho- 
logical (or other character) information is either 
unreliable or 1mpossible is just one reason why this 
approach to species identification and delimitation 
is SO Important (Avise 2003). Thus, sole reliance on 
morphological, geographic, reproductive behavior 
or some combination of non-genetic characters to 
delimit taxa is no longer defensible when diagnostic 
genetic information is available and can be readily 
assessed. In the case of Lilaeopsis masonii and L. 
occidentalis, neither ITS sequence nor AFLP 
fragment length data support the recognition of 
the L. masonii as a distinct evolutionary entity. 


L.schaffneriana 


L. mauritiana 


L. brasilensis 


Coord.1 


FIG. 3. 


Principal coordinates analysis (PCA) of AFLP fragment data matrix. Codes for Napa collections, e.g., 


1A-H07, indicate different collection locations and dates along the Napa River specific to the Napa River Flood 


Protection Project. 


140 MADRONO 


39.8 


49.5 


59 


[Vol. 58 


9.5 Lawrence Lake earns 
Lawrence Lake 2 Li/aeopsis 
128 occidentalis 
: Lawrence Lake 3 (Washington) 
9.5 Mason Lake 1 
Mason Lake 2 
1A-29a 
1A-B04a Ey 
3. 5 A-29b L. masonii 
(Napa, CA) 
1A-H07a 
4A-HO7b 
3S Maxwell Bridge 
2W-B02a 
2W-B02b 
McAvoy Harbor 
3 Mile Slough 
Brannan Island 
L. masonii 
Liberty Island (California) 
Collinsville | 
Grizzly Island 
4{A-001 
L. masonii 
Reach 3 (Napa, CA) 
8.3 2E-B07 
9.2 __L. occidentalis 
=e Bodega Head —  atifornia) 
13. L. masonii 
1A-B04b (Napa, CA) 
14 : L. masonii 
Twitchell Island — (California) 


Lilaeopsis brasiliensis 
Lilaeopsis mauritiana 
2.9 Lilaeopsis schaffneriana1 


Lilaeopsis schaffneriana2 


Fic. 4. UPGMA Cluster Phenogram (rooted and unrooted trees) from AFLP data matrix of five species of 
Lilaeopsis. Numbers are distance values. Codes for Napa collections, e.g., 1A-H07, indicate different collection 
locations and dates along the Napa River specific to the Napa River Flood Protection Project. 


The morphological and geographic information 
to support two distinct taxa is weak, ambiguous, 
and unreliable at best. 

Fallon’s (2007) arguments regarding the im- 
portance of using genetic information to resolve 
taxonomic issues for species protection is borne 
out in our study. While her review focused solely 
on vertebrates, and on only those species, 
infraspecific or population segments proposed 
for listing, not those already listed, our results 
add further emphasis for use of molecular 
techniques in conservation efforts. We concur 
that multiple genetic markers are essential for a 
thorough assessment of taxonomic or population 
unit (or at any appropriate level) when consider- 
ing of formal protection. We further suggest that 


use of best available science such as existing or 
generating new genetic information is equally 
valid for the periodic reviews of listed species 
required of both the federal and state agencies. 
Further and relevant to L. masonii, use of genetic 
data is likely to be essential during a de-listing 
review process. 

Based upon several lines of evidence, including 
decades of fieldwork throughout the range of L. 
masonii, observations from the most recent 
monograph (Affolter 1985), and our molecular 
genetic analyses, we urge that this rare taxon no 
longer be recognized as a separate taxonomic 
entity. Rather, L. masonii should be subsumed 
within the larger, much more widespread, com- 
mon, and equally variable species, L. occidentalis. 


2011] 


96/100 


100/100 


71/100 


96/100 


57/100 


58/100 


FIEDLER ET AL.: RECONSIDERATION OF MASON’S LILAEOPSIS 14] 


Reach 3, Napa 
A1-001, Napa 
L. occidentalis (ML1, WA) 
L. occidentalis (ML2, WA) 
Maxwell Bridge 
L. occidentalis (LL3, WA) 
1A-29b, Napa 
1A-B04a, Napa 
1A-29a, Napa 
2W-B02a, Napa 
3 Mile Slough, CA 
McAvoy Harbor, CA 
L. occidentalis (Bodega Hd,CA) 
L. occidentalis (LL1, WA) 
1A-H07a, Napa 
1A-H07/b, Napa 
Brannan Island, CA 
Grizzly Island, CA 
2W-B02b, Napa 
Collinsville, CA 
1A-B04b, Napa 
L. occidentalis (LL2, WA) 
2E-B0/, Napa 
Twitchell Island, CA 
Liberty Island, CA 


L. brasiliensis 


L. mauritiana 
L. schaffneriana1 


L. schaffneriana2 


FIG. 5. 


Most parsimonious tree from AFLP data matrix of five species of Lilaeopsis. Codes for Napa collections, 


e.g., LA-H07, indicate different collection locations and dates along the Napa River specific to the Napa River 


Flood Protection Project. 


Significant morphological, but limited genetic, 
variation exists both within and among popula- 
tions of Lilaeopsis throughout the Pacific Coast 
of North America, from the Queen Charlotte 
Islands in British Columbia to the inland islands 
of the Sacramento-San Joaquin Delta in the 
Great Valley of California. Importantly, this 
variation does not follow any consistent environ- 
mental gradient for either taxon. As such, one 
intrinsically variable species, not two, of west 
coast Lilaeopsis should be recognized in relevant 
floras, including those for North America. 
Important additional circumstantial support 
comes from the very wide geographic ranges, 
some amphitropical, of the great majority of 
other species of Lilaeopsis, including L. chinensis 
Kuntze, L. carolinensis, L. shaffneriana,  L. 


macloviana A. W. Hill, and L. novae-zelandiae, 
among others. A large geographic range is not 
surprising for all these species, given their 
vigorous vegetative reproduction by easily frag- 
mented rhizomes and their restriction to aquatic 
habitats, many with bi- or multi-directional flow 
vectors (e.g., Napa River, Sacramento River, 
Pacific Ocean). 

Field observations suggest a possible explana- 
tion for the inter- and intra-populational varia- 
tion individual ramet size for both western North 
American Lilaeopsis. Periods of rapid spring 
growth occur during the spring tides and 
snowmelt from the Sierra Nevada, when temper- 
atures warm sufficiently to encourage an increase 
in photosynthetic activity. This increased vegeta- 
tive growth occurs when floodwaters from the 


142 MADRONO 


Sacramento, San Joaquin and Napa Rivers are at 
their height of volume and rate of flow. Thus, the 
comparatively high kinetic energy of flowing 
water during the spring run-off, coupled with 
this species’ preference for river banks and shores 
characterized by high light and open exposure, 
combine to restrict vegetative growth to a 
comparatively shorter plant less vulnerable to 
being dislodged from its habitat. Relatively taller 
Lilaeopsis ramets are invariably found compara- 
tively further from the shoreline in shadier and 
relatively lower energy microhabitats than com- 
paratively shorter stature ramets. Aquaria enthu- 
siasts who work with various species of Lilaeopsis 
have dubbed the short stature coupled with dense 
growth phenomenon the “lawn effect” (http:// 
www. freshwateraquariumplants.com). 

Conversely, observations of Lilaeopsis species 
submerged in (low energy) water reveal individual 
leaves grow comparatively longer. Affolter’s 
(1985) greenhouse experiments and observations 
that demonstrated that for least eight of the 13 
species Lilaeopsis studied (including L. occidenta- 
lis), material grown in submerged pots had larger 
and wider leaves, more septae, and wider rhizome 
diameter. In his monograph of the thirteen 
species known in 1985, increased periods of 
inundation result in a suite of morphological 
changes, including an increase in leaf length and 
increases in both peduncle and pedicel lengths 
(Affolter 1985). Lastly, the rejection of leaf length 
as a key diagnostic character distinguishing two 
otherwise very similar taxa has precedent in 
Affolter’s lumping of all Andean, Fuegian, and 
Patagonian material into a single species, L. 
macloviana, synonomizing thirteen previously 
described taxa. 


Regulatory implications. Neither CESA nor the 
federal ESA, as amended, protects any vascular 
plant distinct population segment as does the 
ESA for specific vertebrate populations. While an 
argument can be made that this is a form of taxon 
chauvinism, plant species are not protected below 
the infraspecific level. Such a comparison is 
important, because some vertebrate species that 
were listed relatively soon after the ESA was 
passed have since been determined not genetically 
distinct from common widespread relatives, but 
they continue to be formally protected because of 
the DPS provisions. For example, the San 
Francisco garter snake (Thamnophis sirtalis tetra- 
taenia), a highly restricted taxon in central coastal 
California, was determined, through an exami- 
nation of the clade’s mtDNA (Janzen et al. 2002), 
to be a member of a California clade of the 
widespread common garter snake. These authors 
concluded that morphologically based subspecies 
designations of 7. sirtalis in western North 
America were invalid because they did not reflect 
reciprocal monophyly of mtDNA _ sequences. 


[Vol. 58 


Extrapolating Janzen et al.’s (2002) logic to our 
genetic work with Lilaeopsis, the parallel conclu- 
sion that the specific designation of L. masonii is 
invalid is compelling. Because neither the CESA 
nor the ESA include DPS provisions for plant 
species, L. masonii no longer warrants protection 
as a State “rare” species and the allocation of 
limited recovery resources. Given the widespread 
nature of Lilaeopsis occidentalis + L. masonii, and 
the large number of projects (both existing and 
proposed) requiring mitigation and monitoring of 
the rare L. masonii, a timely review of our 
findings is essential. Conservation dollars are few, 
and they should be applied to truly rare, 
threatened, and real discrete species. 

Finally, Pavlik (2003) recently examined the 
role of state- and federally-listed species protect- 
ing the ecosystems in which they are found. Of 
relevance is the notion that some _ protected 
species provide a “regulatory umbrella” for other 
species that are unlisted, but are rare, in decline, 
or otherwise of conservation concern. Lilaeopsis 
masonii has long served to restrict, prevent, or 
slow the conversion, degradation or destruction 
of wetlands throughout the Sacramento-San 
Joaquin Delta, Suisun Marsh, and San Francisco 
Bay ecosystems, thereby protecting associated 
but unlisted species of conservation concern. 
While a suite of other protected wetland plant 
taxa exist in these ecosystems (e.g., Cirsium 
hydrophilum Jeps. var. hydrophilum [Suisun this- 
tle], Cordylanthus mollis A. Gray ssp. mollis [soft 
bird’s beak], etc.), there are many more that are 
rare, in decline, and not listed (e.g., Cicuta 
maculata Lam. var. bolanderi (S. Watson) G. A. 
Mulligan [Bolander’s water hemlock], Plantago 
elongate Pursh [slender plantain], Lycopus asper 
Greene) (see Baye et al. 2000). Thus we acknowl- 
edge that a delisting of Mason’s lilaeopsis may 
further expedite wetland habitat loss in central 
California. Nonetheless, conservation in the 
twenty-first century demands the use of best 
available science, despite the unintended conse- 
quences that may occur. Ultimately, government 
agencies charged with the protection of our 
biodiversity must redouble their efforts to em- 
brace new scientific results that affect listed 
species, commit to diligent review of listed and 
candidate species, and disseminate accurate and 
up-to-date information. Similarly, conservation- 
ists should redouble their efforts to provide the 
best available science for decision-making. The 
time to embrace current molecular genetic 
techniques in routine conservation decision-mak- 
ing has come. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


The authors would like to thank the Napa County 
Flood Control and Water Conservation District, 
particularly R. Thomasser, for funding this work; 
L. Garrison for assistance in the field and laboratory; 


2011] 


A. Fullerton for collection of two Lilaeopsis from 
Washington state, and J. Johnson for collection of 
L. schaffneriana subsp. recurva from Scotia Canyon in 
Arizona. We also wish to thank S. L. Krauss and F. 
Cipriano for guidance in the ITS and AFLP analyses, and 
the Conservation Genetics Laboratory, San Francisco 
State University for access to its facility. Lastly, we would 
like to thank J. Affolter, S. R. Downie, and B. J. Grewell 
for reading the manuscript and for their helpful comments. 
Four anonymous reviewers also provided comments that 
improved this manuscript. 


LITERATURE CITED 


AFFOLTER, J. M. 1985. A monograph of the genus 
Lilaeopsis (Umbelliferae). Systematic Botany 
Monographs 6:1—140. 

AVISE, J. C. 2003. A role for molecular genetics in the 
recognition and conservation of endangered spe- 
cies. Trends in Ecology and Evolution 3:279—281. 

BAUM, D. A., R. L. SMALL, AND J. F. WENDE. 1998. 
Biogeography and floral evolution of baobabs 
(Adansonia, Bombaceae) as inferred from multiple 
data sets. Taxon 27:317—329. 

BAYE, P. R., P. M. FABER, AND B. GREWELL. 2000. 
Tidal marsh plants of the San Francisco Estuary. 
Pp. 9-33 in P. R. Olofson (ed.), Goals project. 
Baylands ecosystems species and community pro- 
files: life histories and environmental requirements 
of key plants, fish and wildlife. San Francisco 
Regional Water Quality Control Board, Oakland, 
CA. 

CALIFORNIA NATIVE PLANT SOCIETY (CNPS). 2008, 
Inventory of rare and endangered plants (online 
edition, v7-08d). California Native Plant Society, 
Sacramento, CA.Website http://www.cnps.org/ 
inventory [accessed 23 Dec. 2008]. 

CALIFORNIA NATURAL’ DIVERSITY DATABASE 
(CNDDB) RAREFIND. 2009, Lilaeopsis masonii 
report from Mary Ann Showers. Received March 
18, 2009. California Department of Fish and Game, 
Sacramento, CA. 

DownlE, S. R., D. S. KATZ-DOWNIE, AND M. F. 
WATSON. 2000. A phylogeny of the flowering plant 
family Apiaceae based on chloroplast DNA RPLI16 
and RPOCI intron sequences: towards a supra- 
generic classification of subfamily Apioideae. 
American Journal of Botany 87:273—292. 

. , F-J. SUN, AND C-S. LEE. 2008. 
Phylogeny and biogeography of Apiaceae tribe 
Oenanthe inferred from nuclear rDNA ITS and 
cpDNA psbi-5’trnK’“™ sequences, with emphasis 
on the North American endemics clade. Botany 
86:1039-1064. 

FALLON, S. M. 2007. Genetic data and the listing of 
species under the U.S. Endangered Species Act. 
Conservation Biology 21:1186—1195. 

FELSENSTEIN, J. 1985. Confidence limits on phyloge- 
nies: an approach using bootstrap. Evolution 
39:783-791. 

. 2004. PHYLIP (Phylogeny Inference Package) 
version 3.6. Distributed by the author. Department 
of Genome Sciences, University of Washington, 
Seattle, WA. 

FIEDLER, P. L. AND R. K. ZEBELL. 1993. Final report. 
Restoration and recovery of Mason’s Lilaeopsis: 
Phase 1. Report to the Shell Oil Spill Litigation 
Settlement Trustee Committee and the California 


FIEDLER ET AL.: RECONSIDERATION OF MASON’S LILAEOPSIS 143 


Department of Fish and Game, Endangered Plant 
Program, Sacramento, CA.Website http://nrm.dfg. 
ca.gov/FileHandler.ashx? DocumentVersionID= 
3708 [accessed 27 July 2011]. 

GOLDEN, M. L. 1992. The distribution and ecology of 
Lilaeopsis masonii, a California native rare plant. 
M.A. thesis, San Francisco State University, San 
Francisco, CA. 

AND P. L. FIEDLER. 1991. Final report. 
Characterization of the habitat for Lilaeopsis 
masonit (Umbelliferae): A California state-listed 
rare plant species. California Department of Fish 
and Game, Sacramento, CA.Website: http:// 
nrm.dfg.ca.gov/documents/ContextDocs.aspx?cat = 
Section6PlantReports [accessed 16 September 2011]. 

HARDWAY, T. M., K. SPALIK, M. K. WATSON, D. S. 
KATZ-DOWNIE, AND S. R. DOWNIE. 2004. Circum- 
scription of Apiaceae tribe Oenantheae. South 
African Journal of Botany 70:393—406. 

HICKMAN, J. (ed.) 1993, The Jepson manual. Higher 
plants of California. University of California Press, 
Berkeley, CA. 

HILL, A. W. 1927. The genus Li/aeopsis: a study in 
geographical distribution. Journal of the Linnaean 
Society 47:525—551. 

HOLLAND, B., A. C. CLARKE, AND H. M. MEUuDT. 
2008. Optimizing automated AFLP scoring pa- 
rameters to improve phylogenetic resolution. Sys- 
tematic Biology 57:347—366. 

JANZEN, F. J., J. G. KRENZ, T. S. HASELKORN, E. D. 
BRODIE, Jr., AND E. D. BRopig, III. 2002. 
Molecular phylogeography of common garter 
snakes (Thamnophis sirtalis) in western North 
America: implications for regional historical forces. 
Molecular Ecology 11:1739-1751. 

LINHART, Y. B. AND M. C. GRANT. 1996. Evolutionary 
significance of local genetic differentiation in 
plants. Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics 
17:237-277. 

MADDISON, W. P. AND D. R. MADDISON. 2001. 
MacClade: analysis of phylogeny and character 
evolution. Version 4.02. Sinauer Associates, Sun- 
derland, MA. 

MASON, H. L. 1957. A flora of the marshes of 
California. University of California Press, Berke- 
ley, CA. 

MATHIAS, M. E. AND L. CONSTANCE. 1977. Two new 
local Umbelliferae (Apiaceae) from California. 
Madrono 24:78-83. 

MEUDT, H. M. AND A. C. CLARKE. 2007. Almost forgotten 
or latest practice? AFLP applications, analyses and 
advances. Trends in Plant Science 12:106—117. 

NEI, M. AND W-H. LEI. 1979. Mathematical model for 
studying genetic variation in terms of restriction 
endonucleases. Proceedings of the National Acad- 
emy of Sciences, USA 76:5269—-5273. 

PAVLIK, B. M. 2003. Plants that protect ecosystems: 
a survey from California. Biodiversity and Conser- 
vation 12:717—729. 

PEAKALL, R. AND P. E. SMOUSE. 2006. GENALEX 6: 
genetic analysis in Excel. Population genetic 
software for teaching and research. Molecular 
Ecology Notes 6:288—295. 

PETERSEN, G., O. SEBERG, AND S. LARSEN. 2002. The 
phylogenetic and taxonomic position of Lilaeopsis 
(Apiaceae), with notes on the applicability of ITS 
sequence data for phylogenetic reconstruction. 
Australian Systematic Botany 15:181—191. 


144 MADRONO [Vol. 58 


Trpor, D. (ed.) 2001, CNPS inventory of rare and 
endangered vascular plants of California. 6th ed. 
California Native Plant Society, Sacramento, CA. 

Vos, P., R. HOBERS, M. BLEEKER, M. REIJANS, T VAN 
DE LEE, M. HORNES, A. FRITJERS, J. POT, 
J. PELEMAN, M. KUIPER, AND M. ZABEAU. 1995. 
AFLP: a new technique for DNA fingerprinting. 
Nucleic Acids Research 23:4407-4414. 

WHITE, T., J. T. BRUNS, S. LEE, AND J. TAYLOR. 1990. 
Amplification and direct sequencing of fungal 
ribosomal RNA genes for phylogenetics. Pp. 315— 
322 in M. Innis, D. Gelfand, J. Sininsky, and T. 
White, (eds.), PCR protocols. A guide to methods 
and applications. Academic Press, San Diego, CA. 


WSP ENVIRONMENTAL STRATEGIES (WSP). 2007, Year 


7 (2007) Rare plants of the lower Napa River/Napa 
Creek Flood Protection Project. Final Monitoring 
Report prepared for the Napa County Flood Control 
and Water Conservation District, Napa, CA. 


ZEBELL, R. K. AND P. L. FIEDLER. 1996. Final Report. 


Restoration and recovery of Mason’s lilaeopsis. 
Phase II. Report to the Shell Oil Litigation 
Settlement Trustee Committee and the Endangered 
Plant Program, Natural Heritage Division, Cali- 
fornia Department of Fish and Game, Sacramento, 
CA.Website http://nrm.dfg.ca.gov/FileHandler. 
ashx?DocumentVersionID=3709 [accessed 28 July 
2011). 


MADRONO, Vol. 58, No. 3, pp. 145—152, 2011 


A COMPARISON OF THE EFFECTS OF NA>;SO, AND NACL ON THE GROWTH 
OF HELIANTHUS PARADOXUS AND HELIANTHUS ANNUUS (ASTERACEAE) 


M. O. MENDEZ! AND O. W. VAN AUKEN 
Department of Biology, University of Texas at San Antonio, San Antonio, TX 78249 


monica.mendez@tamiu.edu 


ABSTRACT 


Helianthus paradoxus Heiser (Asteraceae, puzzle sunflower), is a federally threatened hybrid species 
found in salt marshes of west Texas and New Mexico. Helianthus annuus L. (Asteraceae, common 
sunflower) is one of the parent species and is found throughout North America, but it is not present in 
the inland salt marshes where H. paradoxus is found. Helianthus paradoxus has previously been 
described as a halophyte, but its tolerance to Na »SOx4, one of the major salts found in its habitat, has 
not been investigated. However, salinity has been identified as a major abiotic factor influencing the 
limited distribution of H. paradoxus populations. In this greenhouse study, the effects of elevated 
concentrations of NasSO,4 and NaCl, at equal ionic strengths (0.00, 0.09, 0.17, 0.34, and 0.51), on the 
survival and dry mass of both H. paradoxus and H. annuus were examined. In the three-way factorial 
experiment, the effects on dry mass observed were dependent on the species, the type of salt and the 
ionic strength of the salt. Helianthus paradoxus produced more dry mass than AH. annuus in both salt 
treatments; however, NaCl was more inhibitory of dry mass production for both species with plants 
unable to survive the highest salt treatments. While dry mass of H. annuus decreased with increasing 
ionic strengths of both salts, dry mass of H. paradoxus increased by 38 to 72% in low to moderate 
ionic strengths of NazSO, relative to the nonsaline treatment. Both species were less tolerant of NaCl 
than Na,SO, with A. paradoxus seeming to have moderate and high tolerance to elevated Cl” and 
SO,’ ionic strength, respectively, while H. annuus had low to moderate tolerance. Greater dry mass 
production in Na»,SOxq, along with tolerance to both salts, suggests that low to moderate sulfate soil 
salinity will enhance the dry mass production of H. paradoxus. 


Key Words: Halophyte, Helianthus annuus, helianthus paradoxus, ionic strength, NaCl, Na>»SOxg, salt 


tolerance, sunflower. 


Helianthus paradoxus Heiser (Asteraceae, puz- 
zle sunflower) is a federally threatened species 
with limited distribution in salt marshes in west 
Texas and New Mexico (Correll and Johnston 
1979; Poole and Diamond 1993; McDonald 
1999). Hybridization studies (Heiser 1958, 1965; 
Abbott 1992) and molecular analysis (Rieseberg 
et al. 1990; Rieseberg 1991; Rieseberg et al. 1991) 
have determined that H. paradoxus is a stabilized 
hybrid species between H. annuus L. (Asteraceae, 
common sunflower) and H. petiolaris Nutt. 
(plains sunflower). Although H. paradoxus shares 
several morphological and ecophysiological traits 
with its parental species (Rosenthal et al. 2002), it 
has diverged and is genetically isolated from its 
progenitors and considered a separate species. 
Helianthus anuus is common throughout North 
America and grows in disturbed, heavy clay soils 
that are moist in the spring and dry out by mid- 
summer. Helianthus petiolaris is found in dry, 
sandy soils in western North America, while H. 
paradoxus grows in heavy, waterlogged, saline 
soils (Van Auken and Bush 1998). 


‘Current address: Department of Biology & Chem- 
istry, Texas A&M International University, 5201 
University Boulevard, Laredo, TX 78041, USA. 


Ecological and ecophysiological studies of H. 
paradoxus have determined that this homoploid 
hybrid species is salt tolerant, unlike its parental 
species. Helianthus paradoxus 1s restricted to 
inland salt marshes with salt levels of approxi- 
mately 10 g kg ' (Poole and Diamond 1993; U.S. 
Fish and Wildlife Service 2005; Grunstra and 
Van Auken 2007a, b), while H. annuus and H. 
petiolaris can be found in low saline soils 
(<0.02 g kg™' soil sodium, Welch and Rieseberg 
2002). Helianthus paradoxus is a better compet- 
itor than its progenitors in saline soils (Bush and 
Van Auken 2004). The west Texas and New 
Mexico salt marshes were key habitats in 
isolating hybrids (Abbott 1992). The parental 
species are glycophytes and cannot survive the 
same habitat as H. paradoxus, where other salt 
tolerant plants are generally present (Poole and 
Diamond 1993: Lexer et al. 2003: U.S. Fish and 
Wildlife Service 2005). Additionally, H. para- 
doxus is capable of sequestering higher sodium 
and sulfur concentrations and produces greater 
leaf succulence compared to its parental species 
while maintaining significantly greater fitness 
when grown in elevated NaCl concentrations 
(Welch and Rieseberg 2002) or in field-like highly 
saline soil conditions (Karrenberg et al. 2006). 

In the largest known population of H. para- 
doxus, at the Diamond-Y Spring Preserve near 


146 


Fort Stockton, Texas, the distribution of JH. 
paradoxus is mainly affected by soil salinity and 
soil moisture gradients when biotic factors are 
not considered (Bush and Van Auken 1997; Van 
Auken and Bush 1998; Bush 2006a, b). This large 
desert spring and associated salt marsh has had 
1.44 to 2.70 million H. paradoxus plants (Van 
Auken and Bush 1998), depending on environ- 
mental conditions. In addition, there are several 
rare and federally endangered invertebrates 
found in the marsh (McDonald 1999). Helianthus 
paradoxus plants consistently establish parallel to 
the drainage of Leon Creek but their proximity 
depends on seasonal climatic conditions influencing 
soil salinity levels and soil water content, both of 
which decrease dramatically upland from the lowest 
point in the salt marsh (Van Auken and Bush 1998; 
Grunstra and Van Auken 2007a, b). When annual 
rainfall is high, H. paradoxus can be found further 
from the drainage compared to drier years when 
plants are located closer to the drainage. The 
population of H. paradoxus at the Diamond-Y 
Spring Preserve seems to be dependent on low to 
intermediate salinity levels and intermediate 
moisture levels; however, salinity appears to be 
the major abiotic factor affecting the local 
distribution of H. paradoxus (Bush 2006a, b). 

Previous studies have identified H. paradoxus 
as a salt tolerant species with characteristics of 
halophytes (Welch and Rieseberg 2002; Bush and 
Van Auken 2004). However, these studies were 
done with NaCl, one of the major salt compo- 
nents of the marsh, but not Na»,SO, which is also 
found at high concentrations in soils of its salt 
marsh habitat (Boghici 1997). In addition, the 
effects of a limited range of salinity levels have 
been examined. Chloride is generally more toxic 
than SO,°- and even Na‘ at lower concentrations 
(Manchanda et al. 1982; Marschner 1995; Frank- 
lin and Zwiazek 2004; Munns and Tester 2008); 
however, SO, salinity can be more growth 
inhibitive than Cl” for some halophytes (Warne 
et al. 1990; Egan and Ungar 1998). At the same 
time, separating specific ion effects is difficult and 
differential effects of Cl” and SO,’ salinity on H. 
paradoxus are still unknown; consequently, the 
influence of these anions on the ecological 
isolation and distribution of H. paradoxus has 
not yet been elucidated. 

Ionic strength rather than salt concentration 
was used as a treatment variable in the present 
study. It is used as a normalization procedure and 
was required because of different numbers of ions 
present in equal molar solutions of NaCl (2 ions) 
and Na>SO, (3 ions). Therefore, it was important 
to compare the two salts at concentrations that 
allowed osmotic potential of the corresponding 
treatments to be equal. Concentrations of the two 
salt treatments were based on equal ionic 
strengths calculated using procedures in Barrow 
(1966). 


MADRONO 


[Vol. 58 


TABLE 1. IONIC STRENGTHS OF EACH TREATMENT 
AND CORRESPONDING SALT CONCENTRATIONS IN 
G:-KG ' EXAMINED IN THE STUDY. 


NaCl Na»SOx,4 
Ionic strength (g kg~') 
0.00 0 0 
0.09 eS) 4.1 
0.17 10 8.1 
0.34 20 16.2 
ee | 30 24.3 


The objective of this study was to examine the 
survival, growth and the salt tolerance of ZH. 
paradoxus in elevated levels of both Na»SO, and 
NaCl, at equal ionic strengths. Both of these salts 
are major contributors of the soil salts of the 
Diamond-Y Spring Preserve. Our experiment 
also included the more salt tolerant of its parental 
species, H. annuus, a known glycophyte. 


MATERIALS AND METHODS 


Helianthus paradoxus seeds were collected from 
the Nature Conservancy’s Diamond-Y Spring 
Preserve near Fort Stockton, Texas (31°00.54’N, 
102°55.49’W) and stored dry at 25°C until used. 
Helianthus annuus seeds were purchased from 
Native American Seed Farm (Junction, Texas 
76849) and stored dry at 4°C. Seeds of both 
species were cold stratified in Ziploc® storage 
bags lined with paper towels, wet with deionized 
water, and maintained at 4°C in the dark for 
4 weeks (H. paradoxus) or 8 weeks (H. annuus). 
To prevent osmotic shock, groups of seeds 
(approximately 400 seeds for each treatment) 
were germinated on paper toweling saturated 
with deionized water (0.00 osmotic strength) in 
plastic storage bags at 25°C. Germinated seed- 
lings were transferred to equal or increasing levels 
of the appropriate salt (NaCl and Na ,SOy, at 
ionic strengths of 0.00, 0.05, 0.09, 0.13, 0.17, 0.26, 
0.34, 0.43, and 0.51) every 2 d until placed in the 
final salt (NaCl or Na>»SO,) and ionic strength to 
be tested (0.00, 0.09, 0.17, 0.34, and 0.51). 
Seedlings were kept in the appropriate solution 
for a total of 18 days prior to transplanting to 
pots in the greenhouse containing the corre- 
sponding treatment (Table 1). 

For each species, five plants per pot with five 
replicate pots per treatment (25 plants per species 
per treatment) were grown for 62 d. Plastic pots 
(15 cm diameter < 15 cm height) lined with a 
Ziploc® storage bag (to retain water, salts, and 
nutrients) were filled with 1.4 kg of air-dried, 
sieved (5.8 mm mesh screen) soil. The soil was the 
upper 10 cm of a low nutrient Patrick-series 
Mollisol (clayey-over-sandy, carbonatic-thermic, 
typic calciustoll), collected from northern Bexar 
Co., Texas (Taylor et al. 1966; Van Auken and 
Bush 1998). The soil was friable, allowing root 


2011] 


TABLE 2. 


MENDEZ AND VAN AUKEN: SALT TOLERANCE OF TWO HELIANTHUS SPECIES 


147 


THREE-WAY ANOVA RESULTS FOR THE TOTAL DRY MASS (G) OF TWO SPECIES (HELIANTHUS 


PARADOXUS AND H. ANNUUS) GROWN IN TWO SALTS (NACL AND NA>SQOq) AND AT FIVE IONIC STRENGTHS (0.00, 
0.09, 0.17, 0.34, AND 0.51). All main effects and interactions were significant. “ Significant interactions are 
designated (* = P < 0.05; ** = P < 0.01; *** = P < 0.001; **** = P < 0.0001). 


OQ. 
mh 


Source* 


Species 

Salt 

Strength 

Species < salt*** 

Species < strength** 

Salt X strength**** 
Species X salt < strength* 
Error 

Total 


Oo HH Hee 


Nome.<) 


extraction and recovery (Bush and Van Auken 
2004). Appropriate amounts of anhydrous salts 
(Na>SO,q, or NaCl) and a single nutrient applica- 
tion (0.05 g of P from Na,HPO, - 7H,O, 0.07 g N 
from NH4NOs3, 0.07 g of K from KCl, and 0.03 g 
of S from MgSO, 7H,O; Tiedemann and 
Klemmedson 1986) were added to each pot and 
thoroughly mixed. Before seedlings were planted, 
400 ml of deionized water was added to each pot. 
Thereafter, soil moisture was maintained at 
approximately field capacity with distilled water. 
This study was conducted in a fiberglass green- 
house in which the daytime temperatures ranged 
from approximately 26° to 38°C and light levels 
were approximately 36% of full sunlight with a 
mean photosynthetically active photon flux den- 
sities of 562 + 135 umol m * s_' measured with a 
Li-Cor® LI-188 integrating quantum sensor. 

Plant survivorship was assessed at 62 d for 
each treatment combination (species X< salt xX 
ionic strength). Percent survivorship is based on 
the mean number of erect and green plants out of 
five plants per replicate pot per treatment. 

Shoot and root dry mass were measured at the 
end of the experiment. For shoot dry mass, plants 
from each pot were clipped at the soil surface and 
placed in a pre-weighed paper bag. For the ash- 
free root dry mass, all of the soil and particulate 
matter from each pot was carefully washed off 
the roots. Roots were then wrapped in pre- 
weighed aluminum foil. All plant material was 
dried in a forced air oven at 90°C to a constant 
mass. After drying, roots were ashed in a 
programmable muffle furnace (Fisher Scientific 
Isotemp®, Fisher Scientific Research, Pittsburgh, 
PA) at 625°C for 3 hours to obtain the ash-free 
root dry mass (Bohm 1979). Total dry mass was 
also calculated by combining the shoot dry mass 
and ash-free root dry mass per pot. 

All dry mass data was analyzed using SAS 
Statistical software (SAS Institute 1999) with each 
pot as the unit of replication and P = 0.05 as the 
criterion for significance. Any plant mortalities 
because of a treatment effect were taken into 
account by including a dry mass of zero. To 


SS F Pp 
4.11 35.69 <0.0001 

14.75 128.17 <0.0001 
5.00 43.44 <0.0001 
Lo? 12.05 0.0008 
0.35 4.78 0.0016 
1.67 14.50 <0.0001 
0.40 3-5) 0.0108 
921 

57.05 


determine the effects of salt type and ionic 
strength on the dry mass of each species, a 
three-way ANOVA including interactions was 
employed. When significance was detected with 
the overall ANOVA, two-way and one-way 
ANOVAs were used followed by Duncan’s 
Multiple Range Test to examine significant 
differences between all possible combinations of 
salt type and salt concentration for each species 
separately. Mean mortality was calculated, but 
was not analyzed statistically. 


RESULTS 


All H. paradoxus and H. annuus plants died in 
the highest ionic strengths of NaCl examined 
(0.34 and 0.51). However, both species demon- 
strated 100% survivorship in the no-salt treat- 
ment. For all Na»,SO, treatments, 100% of H. 
paradoxus plants survived, while 100% of the H. 
annuus plants survived in each of the Na»,SO, 
treatments except at the 0.51 ionic strength, the 
highest Na»SO, concentration tested. Plant sur- 
vivorship for H. paradoxus in NaCl treatments 
was 100% at the 0.09 and 0.17 ionic strengths, 
while 80% and 40% of H. annuus plants survived 
in these same ionic strengths, respectively. 

Three three-way ANOVAs were used to 
analyze shoot, root, and total dry mass; however, 
only total dry mass data will be presented. 
Results were similar for mean shoot and root 
dry mass (analysis not shown). The three-way 
ANOVA (Table 2) demonstrated a significant 
overall species, salt, and ionic strength effect on 
total dry mass. In addition, the three two-way 
interactions were significant as was the three-way 
interaction. To demonstrate more clearly the 
experimental results, two of the two-way interac- 
tions will be presented first. Overall, H. para- 
doxus produced more dry mass than H. annuus in 
both salts (Fig. la, species < salt interaction). 
For both species, more dry mass was produced in 
the Na>»SO, treatment than in the NaCl treat- 
ment. In addition, ionic strength was significant 
with more dry mass in the lower treatments; 


& 
(oe) 


] 


a) 
GH. paradoxus 
[_] H. annuus 


Total (Shoot + Root) dry mass (g pot’) 


Salt 


FIG. 1. 


MADRONO 


[Vol. 58 


H. paradoxus 


H. annuus 


Total (Shoot + Root) dry mass (g pot*') 


0.17 0.34 0.51 


lonic Strength 


Two-way interaction plots of total dry mass (bars) as the response variable for (a) salt (NaCl and Na,SOx,) 


by species (Helianthus paradoxus and Helianthus annuus) and (b) ionic strength (0.00—0.51) by species. A three-way 
ANOVA determined there were significant differences (P < 0.0001) between salt treatments and ionic strengths for 
each species. Different letters indicate significant differences between means (Duncan’s Multiple Range Test). Lines 


above the bars represent + one SD (standard deviation). 


however, dry mass of H. annuus was significantly 
lower at an ionic strength of 0.09 (Fig. 1b, species 
xX 1onic strength interaction). The salt xX ionic 
strength interaction has not been presented 
because the results can be seen within the three 
way interaction figure. The significant three-way 
interaction indicated that dry mass was depen- 
dent on species, salt type, and ionic strength 
(Table 2, Fig. 2a, b). Helianthus paradoxus dry 
mass was higher in Na,SO4 compared to NaCl 
(Fig. 2a), with the greatest dry mass at the mid 
ionic strengths (Fig. 2a). On the other hand, H. 
annuus dry mass was lower than AH. paradoxus, 
but H. annuus did produce more dry mass in 
NasSO, compared to NaCl (Fig. 2b). In addi- 
tion, as the ionic strength increased dry mass of 
H. annuus decreased. 

In comparison to the Na»,SO, treatments, dry 
mass of both species was significantly reduced in 
NaCl at elevated ionic strengths (Duncan’s 
Multiple Range Test, P < 0.0001, Fig. 2a, b). 
In the no-salt treatment, growth of H. annuus was 
elevated compared to AH. paradoxus (not signifi- 
cantly). However, for all levels of salt addition, 
total dry mass of H. paradoxus was greater than 
H. annuus, yet the differences were salt depen- 
dent. For both species, mean total dry mass was 
elevated in Na>,SOy, at an ionic strength of 0.09 
compared to NaCl. Dry mass of H. paradoxus 
was 32% greater than dry mass of H. annuus in 
this treatment. In the 0.17 to 0.51 ionic strengths 
of Na>SOxq, mean total dry mass of H. paradoxus 
was 2- to 12-fold greater than H. annuus. Both 
species produced less dry mass in NaCl treat- 
ments; however, H. annuus dry mass was reduced 
most by NaCl. Total dry mass of H. paradoxus 
was 7-fold greater than H. annuus in the 0.09 
NaCl treatment. This difference between species 
in NaCl increased at the 0.17 and 0.34 ionic 


strengths of NaCl where dry mass of dH. 
paradoxus was 15-fold greater than H. annuus. 


DISCUSSION 


Salt tolerance is the ability of a species to grow 
and adjust to the presence of a specific ion (ionic 
effect) or to adapt to the general effects of low 
water potentials (osmotic effect) (Ungar 1991). In 
this study, a potential ionic effect and an osmotic 
effect were investigated using NaCl and Na,SO,4 
salts at increasing ionic strengths. Both salts are 
found in HA. paradoxus habitats at various 
concentrations (Boghici 1997; Van Auken and 
Bush 1998; Lexer et al. 2003). To differentiate 
between the effects of the two salts and the Cl™ 
and SO,” anions, equal ionic strengths were used 
in the separate salt treatments (Barrow 1966). 
Due to greater salt tolerance of H. annuus in 
NaCl and mixed salt environments compared to 
H. petiolaris (both purported parental species) 
(Ashraf and Tufail 1995; Welch and Rieseberg 
2002; Bush and Van Auken 2004; Karrenberg 
et al. 2006; DiCaterina et al. 2007), H. annuus was 
used as a comparative species for salt effects on 
growth of H. paradoxus. 

As in previous studies, this investigation 
demonstrated that H. paradoxus was more salt 
tolerant than one of its parental species, H. 
annuus, and even produced slightly more dry 
mass in low saline soils compared to H. annuus 
(Figs. 1b, 2a, and 2b). Helianthus paradoxus 
produced 70% more dry mass than H. annuus 
over all treatments (data not shown) and 
consistently produced more dry mass in elevated 
salinity soils (Fig. 2a, b), especially in the sulfate 
treatments. Results of this greenhouse study are 
consistent with observations that H. paradoxus 
has greater fitness in saline conditions than H. 


2011] 


nad 
° 


a) H. paradoxus 


N 
n 


N 
° 


Total (Shoot + Root) dry mass (gP°) 
Oo on 


lonic Strength 


mmm Na2so4 C— NaCl 


b) H. annuus 


No 
oi So 


~ 
ra) 


= 
So 


Total (Shoot + Root) dry mass (gP°) 
oO —_ 
an an 


= 
o 


lonic strength 


Fic. 2. Three-way interaction plots of total dry mass 
(bars) as the response variable for (a) Helianthus 
paradoxus and (b) Helianthus annuus. Salts were 
Na 2SO, (black bar) and NaCl (gray bar) at ionic 
strengths of 0.00—0.51. A three-way ANOVA deter- 
mined there were significant differences (P < 0.0001) 
between salt treatments and ionic strengths for each 
species. Different letters indicate significant differences 
between means (Duncan’s Multiple Range Test) within 
a species. Lines above the bars represent + one SD 
(standard deviation). 


annuus (Welch and Rieseberg 2002; Bush and 
Van Auken 2004; Karrenberg et al. 2006), and 
that H. annuus is not expected to be found in 
areas with elevated soil salinity where H. para- 
doxus is able to grow and outcompete H. annuus 
and probably other non-halophytic species (Ab- 
bot 2003; Van Auken and Bush 2006). 

Both Helianthus spp. exhibited a specific ionic 
growth inhibition at elevated levels of Cl, 
compared to SQ,’ , and differences in salt 
tolerance between species were evident. For both 
species, NaCl caused plant mortality at ionic 
strengths of 0.34 and 0.51, yet H. paradoxus was 


MENDEZ AND VAN AUKEN: SALT TOLERANCE OF TWO HELIANTHUS SPECIES 149 


more tolerant than H. annuus to low to moderate 
NaCl concentrations (Fig. 2). Greater dry mass 
production and survivorship of H. paradoxus 
plants compared to H. annuus in NaCl treatments 
was also observed by Welch and Rieseberg (2002) 
in corresponding NaCl treatments (100 and 
200 mmol LL! [~6 and 12 g kg '] NaCl). Plant 
survivorship of H. annuus indicated that low 
Na»SO, levels seem to be less inhibitive than 
NaCl but significant dry mass reduction was still 
observed above 0.09 ionic strength treatments. 
Dry mass of H. paradoxus, on the other hand, 
was enhanced by low to moderate levels of 
Na>»SO,4 with 38 to 72% greater dry mass, relative 
to the no-salt treatment. This corresponds to field 
observations where H. paradoxus was most 
abundant in soil salinities (mainly Na, K, Ca, 
and Mg chlorides with less SO4) ranging from 5 
to 12 g kg '' in the Diamond-Y Spring Preserve 
(Boghici 1997; Van Auken and Bush 1998; Bush 
2006b; Grunstra and Van Auken 2007a, b). 

Although previous studies did not differentiate 
between the effects of NaCl and Na>,SO, (Welch 
and Rieseberg 2002; Bush and Van Auken 2004; 
Karrenberg et al. 2006; Van Auken and Bush 
2006), those studies support the salt tolerance of 
H. paradoxus to low concentrations of NaCl. 
Results consistently demonstrated that biomass 
of H. annuus was statistically reduced by NaCl 
alone (Welch and Rieseberg 2002) or by low 
levels of mixed salts (Na‘*, Cl, and SO,” 
included; Bush and Van Auken 2004; Karrenberg 
et al. 2006), while H. paradoxus demonstrated 
lower productivity in NaCl alone and greater 
growth and productivity in the presence of SO4*- 
as observed in the present study. Greater salt 
tolerance of H. paradoxus to NaCl, as compared 
to H. annuus, has been attributed to significantly 
greater fitness along with Na* accumulation, leaf 
succulence, and water use efficiency (Welch and 
Rieseberg 2002). Because the salts were at equal 
ionic strengths and Na* seems to serve as an 
osmoticum for H. paradoxus (Welch and Riese- 
berg 2002), it can be assumed that Cl is causing 
reduced productivity in comparison to SO,’ . 
Molar concentrations of Cl” in the soil water of 
the Diamond-Y Spring Preserve are approxi- 
mately 1.5 times that of molar concentrations of 
SO, ; therefore, Cl- has the potential of inhib- 
iting growth of H. paradoxus in its salt marsh 
habitat (Boghici 1997). However, these data in 
conjunction with previous salt studies (Welch and 
Rieseberg 2002; Bush and Van Auken 2004; 
Karrenberg et al. 2006) indicate that the presence 
of soil sulfate may have played an important 
role in the selection for and adaptation of 
H. paradoxus to the Na-Cl -SO,°~ rich environ- 
ments. Further, poor tolerance to chloride and 
sulfate by H. annuus has limited its establishment 
and therefore, fitness in the H. paradoxus salt 
marsh habitat. 


150 


It should be noted that in order to maintain 
equal osmotic potentials between treatments, 
molar concentrations of Na* in NaCl treatments 
were 3.0 times that of Na»,SO, treatments. 
Nevertheless, the molar equivalents of Na™ at 
0.09 and 0.17 ionic strengths were between that of 
the 0.34 and 0.51 ionic strengths of NasSO4 
where dry mass production of H. paradoxus was 
not inhibited. Since an inert osmotic medium 
such as polyethylene glycol was not examined, an 
osmotic effect in combination with an ionic effect 
cannot be excluded (Katembe et al. 1998; Munns 
and Tester 2008). 

In the limited studies comparing phytotoxicity 
of both salts, greater toxicity to NaCl compared 
to Na,SO,4 has been demonstrated for other salt 
tolerant glycophytes and halophytes (Manchanda 
et al. 1982: Curtin et al. 1993; Franklin and 
Zwiazek 2004; Pagter et al. 2009). Chloride is 
more toxic to plants than sulfate possibly due to 
synergistic phytotoxicity effects with Na‘, differ- 
ential inhibition of enzyme activity, reduction in 
plant productivity, and imbalance of nutritional 
status (Greenway and Munns 1980; Manchanda 
et al. 1982; Curtin et al. 1993; Wang et al. 1997; 
Veira Dos Santos and Caldeira 1999; Franklin 
and Zwiazek 2004). Ion toxicity is dependent on 
whether the plant possesses adaptations to 
tolerate the osmotic stress and to exclude and/ 
or compartmentalize the ion. Although not yet 
documented, it is possible that H. paradoxus 
accumulated Cl” along with Na* and may even be 
more sensitive to Cl’) compared to SO,?” due to 
poor compartmentalization into vacuoles (Green- 
way and Munns 1980; Flowers et al. 1986; Munns 
1993; Rajakaruna et al. 2003). Chloride may be 
considered more toxic sometimes because of poor 
salt tolerance response and thus, high accumula- 
tion of Cl” over Na’, or in this case SO,” . Toxic 
cytoplasmic Cl” concentrations have not yet been 
determined but are assumed to be equal to or 
slightly lower than Nat (Flowers et al. 1986; 
Greenway and Munns 1980; Munns and Tester 
2008). 

Sulfate may be required for salt tolerance in H. 
paradoxus. Tissue ion concentrations were not 
examined in this study, but previous work 
suggested that (as in other halophytes) SO,’ , 
along with Na‘, may be an important vacuolar 
osmoticum in plant tissue (Greenway and Munns 
1980; Karrenberg et al. 2006; Johnston 2006). 
Leaf sodium and sulfur concentrations were 
shown to be inversely related to calcium, 
magnesium, and potassium concentrations but 
positively related to biomass and succulence in H. 
paradoxus (Karrenberg et al. 2006). Interestingly, 
several studies have found a correlation between 
plants inhabiting waterlogged sulfate rich soils 
and the presence of vacuole stored flavonoid 
sulfates which may serve to detoxify excess 
sulfates alone or in combination with sodium 


MADRONO 


[Vol. 58 


(Harborne 1975; Tomas-Barberan et al. 1987; 
Rajakaruna et al. 2003). A possible role of 
sulphur in the salt tolerance of halophytes also 
includes the production of methylated sulfonium 
compounds that accumulate in the cytosol as 
osmotically compatible organic solutes for com- 
partmentalization of Na* and Cl” in vacuoles. 
These organic solutes also serve to detoxify 
sulfides in salt marsh plants (Flowers and Colmer 
2008). Flavonoid sulfates or methylated sulfoni- 
um compounds have not been measured in tissues 
of H. paradoxus; however, NasSO, tolerance of 
this species together with Na* and SO,?~ accu- 
mulation suggests a possible detoxification mech- 
anism not yet identified. 

Ecological isolation of H. paradoxus within the 
inland salt marshes of west Texas and New 
Mexico may in part depend on the elevated levels 
of soil salinity found in soils of these habitats 
(Boghici 1997; McDonald 1999; Van Auken and 
Bush 1998, 2006; Abbott 2003). Halophytes are 
limited to saline environments because of an 
advantageous adaptation to excess salts and a 
reduction of competitive ability in non-saline 
environments (Ungar 1991). Distribution of ZH. 
paradoxus plants appears to be dependent on low 
to moderate soil salinity levels at the Diamond-Y 
Spring Preserve where Na*, Cl” and SO,’ are the 
prevalent salts from groundwater discharge, 
while Ca**, Mg**, and HCO3° are secondary ions 
(Boghici 1997; Van Auken and Bush 1998; Bush 
2006b; Grunstra and Van Auken 2007a, b). In the 
present study, H. paradoxus outperformed H. 
annuus in both soil salt treatments, partially 
explaining the inability of H. annuus to survive 
the salt marsh habitat of H. paradoxus (Lexer 
et al. 2003; Bush and Van Auken 2004). The 
presence of salts excluded H. annuus from 
colonizing the salt marsh (Abbott 2003; Lexer 
et al. 2003), while the salt tolerance of JH. 
paradoxus to both NaCl and NazSOy, has allowed 
this species to establish in the Diamond-Y Spring 
Preserve and other salt marsh environments in 
west Texas and New Mexico. Further, tolerance 
to high concentrations of NasSO4, as demon- 
strated by significantly greater productivity rela- 
tive to non-saline conditions, suggests that H. 
paradoxus may experience a physiological stress 
response without elevated Na»SO,, which is 
necessary for optimum growth and _ perhaps 
necessary for salt tolerance (Munns and Tester 
2008). The establishment of H. paradoxus in the 
Diamond-Y Spring Preserve has been promoted 
by the selection for transgressive phenotypes 
promoting salt tolerance (sodium exclusion, 
calcium uptake, and leaf succulence), as demon- 
strated by H. paradoxus, along with the presence 
of specific ions (Na*, Ca**, and SO,’~) in the salt 
marsh habitat (Abbott 2003; Lexer et al. 2003; 
Karrenberg et al. 2006). In addition, both 
parental species are poor competitors in field-like 


2011] 


elevated soil salinity conditions, while H. para- 
doxus iS a poor competitor against H. annuus in 
nonsaline conditions (Bush and Van Auken 
2004). 

The potential for hybridization is still present 
and environmental conditions isolating hybrid 
Helianthus spp. from parental genotypes appears 
to have been an important factor in their adaptive 
evolution of greater fitness in their respective 
habitats (Lexer et al. 2003; Whitney et al. 2010; 
Donovan et al. 2010). Populations of H. annuus 
are found in disturbed pockets of isolated deep, 
nonsaline soil. Helianthus petiolaris, the other 
reported parent species to H. paradoxus is also 
found in some isolated, low saline, sandy soils. 
However, environmental factors such as the soil 
conditions required for the isolation and survival 
of some of the H. annuus X H. petiolaris hybrids 
was and continues to be the saline soils sur- 
rounding the isolated springs in this area of west 
Texas and New Mexico (Abbott 2003; Lexer 
et al. 2003). The unique salt tolerance of H. 
paradoxus compared to its parental species along 
with establishment in the Na‘t-Cl -SO,° domi- 
nated salt marshes will continue to promote the 
ecological isolation of H. paradoxus. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


Some support for this project was provided by the 
Nature Conservancy of Texas, the University of Texas 
at San Antonio, the Texas Department of Parks and 
Wildlife, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, and Dr. 
Loyce and Mr. William Collenback. We especially 
thank Mr. John Karges of the Nature Conservancy of 
Texas for help and advice during various stages of this 
project. 


LITERATURE CITED 


ABBOTT, R. J. 1992. Plant invasions, interspecific 
hybridization and the evolution of new plant taxa. 
Trends in Ecology and Evolution 7:401—405. 

. 2003. Sex, sunflowers, and speciation. Science 
301:1189-1190. 

ASHRAF, M. AND M. TUFAIL. 1995. Variation in 
salinity tolerance in sunflower Helianthus annuus 
L. Journal of Agronomy and Crop Science 
174:351-362. 

BARROW, G. M. 1966. The use of constant ionic 
strength. Pp. 689-691 in Physical chemistry. 
McGraw-Hill Book Company, NY. 

BOGHICcI, R. 1997. Hydrogeological investigations at 
the Diamond Y Springs and surrounding area. 
M.S. thesis. The University of Texas, Austin, TX. 

BOHM, W. 1979. Methods of studying root systems. 
Pp. 1-188 in W. D. Billings, F. Golley, O. L. Lange, 
and J. S. Olson, (eds.), Ecological studies. Springer- 
Verlag, NY. 

BUSH, J. K. 2006a. Abiotic edaphic factors affecting the 
growth of a threatened North American sunflower, 
Helianthus paradoxus (Asteraceae). Plant Ecology 
183:215-225. 

. 2006b. The role of soil moisture, salinity, and 

oxygen on the growth of Helianthus paradoxus 


MENDEZ AND VAN AUKEN: SALT TOLERANCE OF TWO HELIANTHUS SPECIES 15] 


(Asteraceae) in an inland salt marsh of west Texas. 

Journal of Arid Environments 64:22—36. 

AND O. W. VAN AUKEN. 1997. The effects of 

neighbors and grazing on the growth of Helianthus 

paradoxus. Southwestern Naturalist 42:416—422. 

AND . 2004. Relative competitive ability 
of Helianthus paradoxus and its progenitors, H. 
annuus and H. petiolaris (Asteraceae), in varying 
soil salinities. International Journal of Plant 
Science 165:303—310. 

CORRELL, D. S. AND M. C. JOHNSTON. 1979. Manual 
of the vascular plants of Texas. Texas Research 
Foundation, Renner, TX. 

CURTIN, D., H. STEPPUHN, AND F. SELLES. 1993. Plant 
responses to sulfate and chloride salinity: growth 
and ionic relations. Soil Science Society of America 
Journal 57:1304—1310. 

DICATERINA, R., M. M. GUILIANI, T. ROTUNNO, A. 
DE CARO, AND Z. FLAGELLA. 2007. Influence of 
salt stress on seed yield and oil quality of two 
sunflower hybrids. Annals of Applied Biology 
151:145—-154. 

DONOVAN, L. A., D. R. ROSENTHAL, M. SANCHEZ- 
VELENOSI, L. H. RIESEBERG, AND F. LUDWIG. 
2010. Are hybrid species more fit than ancestral 
parent species in the current hybrid species 
habitats? Journal of Evolutionary Biology 
23:805-8 16. 

EGAN, T. P. AND I. A. UNGAR. 1998. Effect of different 
salts of sodium and potassium on the growth of 
Atriplex prostrata (Chenopodiaceae). Journal of 
Plant Nutrition 21:2193—2205. 

FLOWERS, T. J.. M. A. HAJIBAGHERI, AND N. J. W. 
CLIPSON. 1986. Halophytes. The Quarterly Review 
of Biology 61:313—337. 

AND T. D. COLMER. 2008. Salinity tolerance in 
halophytes. New Phytologist 179:945—963. 

FRANKLIN, J. A. AND J. J. ZWIAZEK. 2004. Ion uptake 
in Pinus banksiana treated with sodium chloride 
and sodium sulphate. Physiologia Plantarum 
120:482—490. 

GREENWAY, H. AND R. MUNNS. 1980. Mechanisms of 
salt tolerance in nonhalophytes. Annual Review of 
Plant Physiology 31:149—190. 

GRUNSTRA, M. AND O. W. VAN AUKEN. 2007a. 
Factors that influence the distribution and cover 
of Helianthus paradoxus in a west Texas salt marsh. 
Phytologia 89:24—42. 

AND . 2007b. Using GIS to display 
complex soil salinity patterns in an inland salt 
marsh. Pp. 407-431 in D. Sarkar, R. Datta, and R. 
Hannigan, (eds.), Developments in environmental 
science, volume 5. Elsevier Ltd., Amsterdam, 
Netherlands. 

HARBORNE, J. B. 1975. Flavonoid sulphates: a new 
class of sulphur compounds in higher plants. 
Phytochemistry 14:1147—1155. 

HEISER, C. B., Jr. 1958. Three new annual sunflowers 
(Helianthus) from the Southwestern United States. 
Rhodora 60:272—283. 

HEISER, C. B., Jr 1965. Species crosses in Helianthus: 
III. Delimitation of ‘Sections’. Annals of the 
Missouri Botanical Gardens 52:364—370. 

JOHNSTON, T. R. 2006. Bio-accumulation of proline 
and various anions and cations in Helianthus 
paradoxus and Helianthus annuus when grown in 
sodium sulfate. M.S. thesis. The University of 
Texas at San Antonio, TX. 


152 MADRONO 


KARRENBERG, S., C. EDELIST, C. LEXER, AND L. 
RIESEBERG. 2006. Response to salinity in the 
homoploid hybrid species Helianthus paradoxus 
and its progenitors H. annuus and H. petiolaris. 
New Phytologist 170:615—629. 

KATEMBE, W. J., I. A. UNGAR, AND J. P. MITCHELL. 
1998. Effect of salinity on germination and seedling 
growth of two Atriplex species (Chenopodiaceae). 
Annals of Botany 82:167—175. 

LEXER, C., M. E. WELCH, O. L. RAYMOND, AND L. H. 
RIESEBERG. 2003. The origin of ecological diver- 
gence in Helianthus paradoxus (Asteraceae): selec- 
tion on transgressive characters in a novel hybrid 
habitat. Evolution 57:1989—2000. 

MANCHANDA, H., S. SHARMA, AND D. BHANDARI. 
1982. Response of barley and wheat to phosphorus 
in the presences of chloride and sulphate salinity. 
Plant and Soil 66:233-241. 

MARSCHNER, H. 1995. Mineral nutrition of higher 
plants. Academic Press, London, U.K. 

McDONALD, C. 1999. Endangered and threatened 
wildlife plants; determination of threatened status 
for the plant Helianthus paradoxus (Pecos sunflow- 
er). Federal Register 64:56852—56590. 

MUuNNS, R. 1993. Physiological processes limiting plant 
growth in saline soils; some dogmas and hypoth- 
esis. Plant, Cell and Environment 16:15—24. 

AND M. TESTER. 2008. Mechanisms of salinity 
tolerance. Annual Review of Plant Biology 
59:651—681. 

PAGTER, M., C. BRAGATO, M. MALAGOLI, AND H. 
BRIX. 2009. Osmotic and ionic effects of NaCl and 
Na»SO, salinity on Phragmites australis. Aquatic 
Botany 90:43—51. 

POOLE, J. M. AND D. D. DIAMOND. 1993. Habitat 
characterization and subsequent searches for He- 
lianthus paradoxus (Puzzle sunflower). Pp. 53-66 in 
R. C. Sivinski and K. Lightfoot, (eds.), Southwest- 
ern rare and endangered plants. Miscellaneous 
Publication No. 2. New Mexico Forestry and 
Resources Conservation Division. Energy, Miner- 
als and Natural Resources Department, Santa Fe, 
NM. 

RAJAKARUNA, N., M. Y. SIDDIQI, J. WHITTON, B. A. 
BOHM, AND A..D. M. GLAss. 2003. Differential 
responses to Na*/K* and Ca**/Mg** in two edaphic 
races of the Lasthenia californica (Asteraceae) 
complex: a case for parallel evolution of physio- 
logical traits. New Phytologist 157:93—103. 

RIESEBERG, L. H. 1991. Homoploid reticulate evolu- 
tion in Helianthus (Asteraceae): evidence from 
ribosomal genes. American Journal of Botany 
78:1218—-1237. 

, S. M. BECKSTROM-STERNBERG, A. LISTON, 

AND D. M. ARIAS. 1991. Phylogenetic and 

systematic inferences from chloroplast DNA and 

isozyme variation in Helianthus sect. Helianthus 

(Asteraceae). Systematics Botany 16:50—76. 

, R. CARTER, AND S. ZONA. 1990. Molecular 

test of the hypothesized hybrid origin of two 


[Vol. 58 


diploid Helianthus species (Asteraceae). Evolution 
44:1498-1511. 

ROSENTHAL, D. M., A. E. SCHWARZBACH, L. A. 
DONOVAN, O. RAYMOND, AND L. H. RIESEBERG. 
2002. Phenotypic differentiation between three 
ancient hybrid taxa and their parental species. 
International Journal of Plant Science 163: 
387-398. 

SAS INSTITUTE. 1999, SAS system for linear models. 
SAS Institute, Inc., Cary, NC. 

TAYLOR, F. B., R. B. HAILEY, AND D. L. RICHMOND. 
1966. Soil survey of Bexar County, Texas. United 
States Department of Agriculture, Soil Conserva- 
tion Service, Washington, D.C. 

TIEDEMANN, A. R. AND J. O. KLEMMEDSON. 1986. 
Long-term effects of mesquite removal on soil 
characteristics: I. Nutrients and bulk density. Soil 
Science Society of America Journal 50:472-475. 

TOMAS-BARBERAN, F. A., J. B. HARBORNE, AND R. 
SELF. 1987. Twelve 6-oxygenated flavones sulfates 
from Lippia nodiflora and L. canescens. Phyto- 
chemistry 26:2281—2284. 

UNGAR, I. A. 1991. Ecophysiology of vascular halo- 
phytes. CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL. 

UNITED STATES (U.S.) FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE. 
2005, Pecos sunflower recovery plan. U.S. Fish and 
Wildlife Service, Southwest Region, Albuquerque, 
NM.Website http://www.fws.gov/southwest/es/ 
Documents/R2ES/Pecos_Sunflower_FINAL_Recovery_ 
Plan.pdf [accessed 04 Jan 2012]. 

VAN AUKEN, O. W. AND J. K. BUSH. 1998. Spatial 
relationships of Helianthus paradoxus (Composi- 
tae) and associated salt marsh plants. Southwestern 
Naturalist 43:313—320. 

AND 2006. Competition between 
Helianthus paradoxus (Asteraceae) and Distichlis 
spicata (Poaceae). Phytologia 88:17—37. 

VEIRA DOs SANTOS, C. L. AND G. CALDEIRA. 1999. 
Comparative responses of Helianthus annuus plants 
and calli exposed to NaCl: I. Growth rate and 
osmotic regulation in intact plants and calli. 
Journal of Plant Physiology 155:769-777. 

WANG, L. W., A. M. SHOWALTER, AND I. A. UNGAR. 
1997. Effect of salinity on growth, ion content, and 
cell wall chemistry in Atriplex prostrata (Chenopo- 
diaceae). American Journal of Botany 84:1247- 
1255, 

WARNE, P., R. D. Guy, L. ROLLINS, AND D. M. REID. 
1990. The effects of sodium sulfate and sodium 
chloride on growth, morphology, photosynthesis, 
and water use efficiency of Chenopodium rubrum. 
Canadian Journal of Botany 68:999—1006. 

WELCH, M. E. AND L. H. RIESEBERG. 2002. Habitat 
divergence between a homoploid hybrid sunflower 
species, Helianthus paradoxus (Asteraceae), and 
its progenitors. American Journal of Botany 89: 
472-478. 

WHITNEY, K. D., R. A. RANDELL, AND L. H. 
RIESEBERG. 2010. Adaptive introgression of abiotic 
tolerance traits in the sunflower Helianthus annuus. 
New Phytologist 187:230—239. 


MADRONO, Vol. 58, No. 3, pp. 153-184, 2011 


THE DIVERSITY AND BIOGEOGRAPHY OF THE ALPINE FLORA OF THE 


SIERRA NEVADA, CALIFORNIA 


PHILIP W. RUNDEL 


Department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology and the Institute of the Environment and 


Sustainability, University of California, Los Angeles, CA 90095 
rundel@biology.ucla.edu 


ABSTRACT 


The alpine zone of the Sierra Nevada of California, defined as non-forested areas at or above 
3500 m, includes 385 species (409 taxa) of native vascular plants. Were the alpine boundary defined as 
at or above 3300 m, the alpine flora would grow to 536 species (570 taxa). There are 97 species that 
reach elevations of 4000 m and 27 species that reach to 4200 m. Over half of the alpine species occur in 
just six families, led by the Asteraceae (55 species, 59 taxa), Poaceae (39 species, 47 taxa), Brassicaceae 
(34 species), and Cyperaceae (31 species). The largest genus present is Carex with 29 species, and 18 
more species would be added by lowering the alpine boundary to 3300 m. Next in size are Draba (14 
species) and Lupinus (11 species, 16 taxa). Life forms of the flora are heavily dominated by broad- 
leaved erect perennials (50%), followed in importance by graminoid perennials (21%) and mats and 
cushions (11%). Annuals and woody shrubs each account for about 6% of the flora. Only nine species 
are obligate alpine taxa with a range restricted to elevations of 3500 m or above. An additional 67 
species (17% of the flora) occur in both subalpine and alpine habitats but not lower. More than a 
quarter of the alpine species have elevational ranges that extend as low as foothill habitats defined as 
occurring below 1200 m. In terms of biogeographic affinities, the broad relationships of the flora 
include the cordillera of western North America (35%), Intermountain region of the Great Basin 
(20%), Sierra/Cascade axis (16%), and widespread distributions (14%). There are 36 species in the 


alpine flora endemic to the Sierra Nevada, and another 31 species that are Californian endemics. 


Key Words: Alpine, arctic-alpine flora, cushion plant, Sierra Nevada, treeline. 


How large and diverse is the alpine flora of the 
Sierra Nevada in California and what are its 
biogeographic relationships? There has been a 
long history of floristic and ecological studies of 
the alpine region of the Sierra Nevada addressing 
this and related issues, but a clear answer to the 
question has not been achieved. Unlike the 
majority of alpine regions in the northern 
hemisphere that share extensive elements of a 
circumboreal arctic-alpine flora, the Sierra Ne- 
vada has developed a unique component to its 
alpine flora under the influence of mediterranean- 
climate conditions with relatively dry summers 
added to other alpine environmental factors of 
stress. Also significant in the evolution of this 
alpine flora has been the relative isolation of the 
range from other high mountain floras of the 
western United States. Moreover, the Sierra 
Nevada possesses a complex mosaic of substrate, 
glacial history, and soil variation superimposed 
over broad patterns of climatic and topographic 
heterogeneity. 

Interest in the alpine flora dates back to early 
descriptions by Coville (1893) and Harshberger 
(1911), who recognized the distinctiveness of the 
Sierran alpine flora. Hall and Grinnell (1919) 
gave a very brief description of the alpine zone in 
the context of a broader description of California 
life zones, and provided a short list of character- 
istic species. More significant, however, have 


been five studies over the past 80 years that have 
provided an analysis of the diversity and floristic 
affinities of the high elevation flora of the Sierra 
Nevada. The earliest of these was the work of 
Smiley (1921), whose definition of the boreal 
region of the Sierra Nevada comprised the 
Canadian, Hudsonian, and Arctic-Alpine zones 
as characterized in the Merriam system of life 
zones (Daubenmire 1938). These life zones 
roughly correspond to the upper montane, 
subalpine and alpine zones under current con- 
cepts (Fites-Kaufman et al. 2007). Smiley’s work 
was followed by the classic investigation of 
Sharsmith (1940), and in more recent decades 
with analyses by Chabot and Billings (1972), 
Major and Taylor (1977), and Stebbins (1982). 
Early speculations on the origin of the Sierran 
alpine flora were contributed by Went (1948, 
1953). Beyond these broad floristic surveys, there 
have been numerous studies of the floristics and 
vegetation of regional areas of subalpine and 
alpine vegetation in the Sierra Nevada (Howell 
1944, 1951; Klikoff 1965; Pemble 1970; Taylor 
1976b; Major and Taylor 1977; Tatum 1979; 
Benedict and Major 1982; Burke 1982; Ratliff 
1982: Benedict 1983; Porter 1983: Constantine- 
Shull 2000; Sawyer and Keeler-Wolf 2007). 
None of the existing literature has provided a 
satisfactory answer to the fundamental question. 
How many species are there in the alpine flora of 


154 MADRONO 


the Sierra Nevada? The objective of this paper is 
to present a broad overview of the alpine flora of 
the Sierra Nevada by providing a detailed and 
updated analysis of the floristic richness, ecolog- 
ical diversity, and biogeographic relationships of 
the species present within the alpine zone. The 
paper takes a conservative approach following 
Sharsmith (1940) by defining the alpine zone 
using a lower elevational limit of 3500 m. 
Climatic treeline typically occurs from 3300-— 
3500 m in the central and southern Sierra Nevada 
where the great majority of alpine habitat in 
California is located (Fig. 1). Although the 
northern Sierra Nevada lacks high elevation 
areas, it nevertheless has a good representation 
of alpine species that reach above 3500 m in the 
central or southern areas of the range. To provide 
a broader context examining the significance of 
elevation in the definition of the alpine zone, 
analyses have been made for all species occurring 
at or above 3300 m within California. 

Beyond an intrinsic interest in the evolution of 
biodiversity of alpine biota, there are very 
significant reasons to support Sierran alpine 
studies that can serve as baseline studies for 
important early warning systems of potential 
environmental impacts of climate change. Cli- 
mate change models for California suggest that 
there will be significant effects on environmental 
conditions of subalpine and alpine habitats of the 
Sierra Nevada (Hayoe et al. 2004; Shafer et al. 
2001), and historical data on vertebrate distribu- 
tion demonstrates that these effects are ongoing 
today in influencing the distributions of verte- 
brate species (Moritz et al. 2008; Tingley et al. 
2009). 


MATERIALS AND METHODS 


The Jepson Manual, 2nd Edition (Baldwin et al. 
2012) was used to identify California species with 
an elevational distribution up to or above 3300 m 
within the state, and which occurred in the Sierra 
Nevada. This reference is the sole source and 
reference for binomials used in this article. 
Species at or above 3500 m in California were 
considered to comprise the alpine flora. The 
upper and lower elevational ranges of each of 
these species were recorded, along with their 
biogeographic distribution and occurrence within 
the geographic regions of California (Hickman 
1993). These geographic regions included records 
of species presence in the montane and higher 
elevations of the northern, central, and southern 
subregions of the Sierra Nevada, as well as the 
high Cascade Range, the Klamath/Siskiyou 
mountains, Transverse and Peninsular ranges of 
southern California, and ranges east of the Sierra 
Nevada including the Sweetwater and White- 
Inyo mountains (Fig. 1). The elevational limits 
and geographical ranges listed in Baldwin et al. 


[Vol. 58 


(2012) are specimen-based records and thus 
considered reliable. Only native species were 
included in this analysis, however, alien species 
recorded as occurring at high elevations in the 
Sierra Nevada are very few. Poa pratensis L. is 
recorded as reaching 3500 m and Taraxacum 
officinale F. H. Wigg. reaches 3300 m. 

Each taxon occurring at elevations of 3300 m 
or above was categorized into a series of growth 
forms, based on a modified scheme of Raunkiaer 
(1934). These categories were broad-leaved her- 
baceous perennials (tussocks, rosettes, and bien- 
nials), graminoid perennials, mats and cushion 
plants, geophytes, aquatics, annuals, subshrubs, 
woody shrubs (deciduous and evergreen), and 
trees. 

The lower elevational limit of occurrence in 
California was used to separate alpine species into 
categories of lowest elevational zone of occur- 
rence on the following basis: 1) foothill habitats of 
woodland and chaparral— <1199 m; 2) lower 
montane habitats dominated by mixed conifer 
and yellow pine forests— 1200-1999 m; 3) upper 
montane habitats of red fir and lodgepole pine 
forests— 2000-2699 m; 4) subalpine habitats of 
open conifer stands near treeline— 2700-3499 m; 
and 5) alpine habitats— >3500 m. Because 
elevational boundaries of these major vegetation 
zones change with latitude, as well as locally with 
slope exposure, these elevational ranges represent 
averaged boundaries across the west slope of the 
central and southern Sierra Nevada. 

The biogeographic range of each alpine 
species was classified into one of six categories. 
These were: 1) widespread species present in 
many habitats or regions across North America 
and/or throughout the world; 2) cordilleran 
species broadly distributed in mountain regions 
of the western United States; 3) Sierra/Cascade 
species with a Pacific Northwest distribution; 4) 
Intermountain Region species present in the 
Great Basin; 5) species endemic to the Sierra 
Nevada; and 6) species endemic to California, 
broadly defined to include adjacent Great Basin 
ranges extending into western Nevada (_.e., 
Sweetwater, Wassuk, and White-Inyo moun- 
tains) and southern Oregon. Dividing species 
into such simple biogeographic categories is 
inherently arbitrary for some species, and 
expanded field studies in the future may well 
change these classifications and alter the list of 
Sierran endemics based on new records or 
taxonomic revisions. 


RESULTS 


The Geography of California Alpine Habitats 


The elevational contour interval of 3500 m is 
highly irregular in the Sierra Nevada, as it defines 
a relatively continuous area along the crest of the 


2011] RUNDEL: SIERRA NEVADA ALPINE FLORA iS) 


FiG. 1. Topographic map of California showing the major areas of mountain systems. W/I = White-Inyo 
Mountains, T = Tehachapi Mountains, SG = San Gabriel Mountains, SB = San Bernardino Mountains, and P = 


Peninsular Ranges. 


central and southern crest of the range extending 
from northern Tuolumne and Mono counties in 
the area of Leavitt Peak (3527 m) near Sonoran 
Pass and south across Yosemite National Park 
where the highest peak is Mount Lyell (3999 m; 


Fig. 2). Further south this belt of alpine habitat 
continues into Kings Canyon and Sequoia 
National parks where there are extensive areas 
of alpine habitat with ten peaks that reach above 
4000 m. Mount Whitney at 4421 m is the highest 


156 MADRONO [Vol. 58 


} * 
<c ‘ . . ; 
“ .7 ’ we 
- : ~ 
™ ~ 
es e amt 
’ . abs RLaCy ’ . 
’ ae LAKE TAHOE P -. ; 
’ ~ ’ *. 
’ : Ps 
‘ , lis 
’ j ¢ ’ 
‘ ! -, ’ ’ 
¢ . ’ ’ 
J 5 *. r) : 
CH << coceP arcane ¢ ‘ 
* ECHO PASS ’ FREEL PEAK 
’ ae ’ 
‘ ~ ’ 
‘ O os ’ 
i ¢ ~ ¢ 
3 * ~ ’ 
PERSON PASS a “. P 
~ , . ay 
ba a , a 


ee ete 
EBBETTS PASS ‘ « 
». 
‘ : weer 
P t ae 
ra ~ 
‘ 
WALKER LAKE 
ud 4 os eawitt peak ‘ 
SONORSPASS a» LEAVITT PEAK ’ 
. Fy ; 
’ >. 
é “ a 
SW BETWATER T TN Dy 
7 ~~ me 
38° of 
ite / 
7s 
7s 
’ . 
’ 
‘ 
+ fi < 
’ WASSUK & 
¢ Pd . 
+94) ’ hy ~ 
120 P 
THOGA PASS ? 
ca , 


¢ 


YOSEMITE , 


~ 
br - @ 
MA YE} 
- tal ELL 
¢ 
a 
‘ fa 
‘ _ * MAMMOTH PASS 
’ *. #F 
¢ 
‘ 
’ 
’ 
a 
‘ A a ’ 
¢ ad ~ 4 
: 7 mae sad 
Py KAISER RIDGE ~ 
\ Rs ’ 
¢ = _ ’ 
‘ 37 6 ’ 
~ & a 
~ 
. 
. 
*» 
’ 
‘ 
’ 
KINGS CANYC iN 
4 
¢ . 
¢ = a 
e . 
’ 
7 e 
~ . ‘ 
“4 
, bear 
’ yA 
6) co: 60 75 ‘100 8 . ‘ 
’ 
ee ees eee Meee “sequoia cmimenie: 
kiometers Py J 
“4 ¢ 
’ 
4 (e) 
‘ 
U OWENS LAKE 
’ 
~ ’ 
- fe ‘ 
wey . yg OLANCHA PEAK. 
Me ta 


FiG. 2. Geographic distribution of high elevations of the Sierra Nevada and adjacent ranges. The solid line marks 
a rough position of the 3000 m contour. Adapted from Hovanitz (1940). 


point in the contiguous United States. The end of the continuous chain of glaciated peaks in 
southern limit of this extensive and virtually the Sierra Nevada. To the south, the alpine zone 
contiguous alpine zone occurs at Cirque Peak reappears on Olancha Peak (3698 m; Fig. 2), the 
(3932 m) in Sequoia National Park at the southern southernmost glaciated summit of the range lying 


2011] 


on the Tulare-Inyo county line (Howell 1951; 
Tatum 1979). Two major breaks with subalpine 
elevations but not true alpine provide the only 
major discontinuity for this primary Sierran alpine 
region. These are Tioga Pass in Yosemite National 
Park (3031 m) and Mammoth Pass (Muinaret 
Summit) (2824 m), which is the route for 
California Highway 203. 

The crest of the Sierra Nevada lies at lower 
elevations to the north of the Tioga Pass area, 
with only scattered areas of good alpine habitat 
present. A notable ecological change occurs 
north of this pass where volcanic substrates 
replace the granites of the central and southern 
Sierra Nevada. Fragmented communities of 
alpine species are present at elevations below 
3500 m, particularly along exposed ridgelines 
and on steep north-facing slopes that were 
heavily glaciated. However, there are no eleva- 
tions in the northern Sierra Nevada that reach 
the 3500 m limit used here to define the alpine 
zone. Alpine habitats are weakly developed in 
Alpine Co. (with Sonora Peak reaching 3493 m) 
and eastern El Dorado Co. (with Freel Peak 
reaching 3318 m), extending to their northern 
limit on Mount Rose (3285 m) in the Carson 
Range east of Lake Tahoe in Nevada (Fig. 2). 
Nevertheless, there are scattered communities of 
alpine-like habitat existing at upper elevations 
in the northern Sierra Nevada, positioned above 
local edaphically-controlled treelines, and the 
alpine flora is well represented (Smiley 1915). 
Despite the floristic relationships of high eleva- 
tion Sierran species all along the range, Stebbins 
and Major (1965) linked the Sierra Nevada 
north of Lake Tahoe with the Cascade Range 
rather than with the region of the central and 
southern Sierra Nevada on the basis of the 
dominance of volcanic substrates. 

To the north of the Sierra Nevada, Mount 
Shasta in the southern Cascade Range reaches an 
elevation of 4322 m, while Lassen Peak is lower at 
3187 m. The highest peaks in the Klamath 
Mountains of northwestern California and 
adjacent Oregon are Mount Eddy (2750 m) in 
Siskiyou Co., Thompson Peak (2744 m) in 
Trinity Co., and Mount Ashland (2296 m) in 
Jackson Co., Oregon. These high peaks contain 
areas with permanent or long-lasting snowfields 
on north-facing slopes with associated alpine 
species (Howell 1944; Major and Taylor 1977). 

There are several high mountain ranges to the 
east of the Sierra Nevada at the western margin 
of the Great Basin. The Sweetwater Mountains, 
located just 33 km east of the Sierra Nevada, 
reach 3552 m on Mount Patterson (Hunter and 
Johnson 1983). The Wassuk Range in west- 
central Nevada lie 48 km east of the Sweetwater 
Mountains and 88 km north of the White 
Mountains, reaching 3427 m on Mount Grant 
(Bell and Johnson 1980). The White Mountains 


RUNDEL: SIERRA NEVADA ALPINE FLORA 157 


have an extensive alpine area and reach to 4344 m 
on White Mountain Peak, the third highest peak 
in California (Rundel et al. 2008). To the south, 
Mount Waucoba forms the high point at 3390 in 
the Inyo Mountains. The Panamint Mountains 
lying east of the White-Inyo Mountains reach a 
maximum elevation of 3366 m on Telescope 
Peak. Further south, the Spring Mountains in 
southwestern Nevada divide the Pahrump Valley 
and Amargosa River basins from the Las Vegas 
Valley watershed and define part of the south- 
western boundary of the Great Basin. The highest 
point is Charleston Peak at 3633 m. 

High elevations are also present in the Trans- 
verse and Peninsular ranges of southern Califor- 
nia (Fig. 1) where a subset of Sierran alpine 
species 1s present in weakly developed alpine-like 
communities (Hall 1902; Parish 1917; Horton 
1960; Hanes 1976; Major and Taylor 1977; 
Meyers 1978). Mount San Gorgonio in the San 
Bernardino Mountains reaches 3506 m, while 
other high points are Mount San Jacinto in the 
San Jacinto Mountains at 3302 m and Mount 
Baldy in the San Gabriel Mountains at 3068 m. 
Alpine species are present in both xeric and mesic 
habitats at high elevation, but alpine communi- 
ties, defined as extended areas dominated by 
assemblages of alpine species, are only poorly 
developed. 

The alpine zone of the Sierra Nevada experi- 
ences mediterranean-type climate conditions that 
differ significantly from those that characterize 
the Rocky Mountains and most of the continental 
alpine habitats of the world where summer 
rainfall predominates. The fraction of annual 
precipitation that falls as winter snow in the Sierra 
Nevada is about 95% at upper treeline (Stephen- 
son 1998). Deep snow packs and cool temperature 
at higher elevations mean that snowmelt extends 
into the spring, but the length and magnitude of 
the summer drought period experienced by plants 
is significant. Patterns of rainfall decline gradually 
from north to south in the Sierra Nevada, and 
summer drought decreases as elevation increases 
because of both increased levels of precipitation 
and cooler temperatures with lower evaporative 
demand at higher elevations (Stephenson 1998; 
Urban et al. 2000). 

Winter mean monthly low temperatures are 
moderate in the Sierra Nevada compared to the 
Rocky Mountains, and soils only rarely freeze to 
even moderate depth. While, the mean minimum 
temperature above treeline is below freezing for ten 
months of the year, with nighttime lows that 
typically reach only —3 to —6°C, although extremes 
can reach temperatures of —15°C or lower on the 
high peaks. Nevertheless, these moderate low 
temperatures as well as other limiting factors for 
survival at high elevations sharply reduce the 
diversity of species able to tolerate such conditions 
(Korner 2003). 


158 MADRONO 


Number of species/taxa 


3100 3300 3500 


3700 


[Vol. 58 


» Taxa 
WB Species 


3900 4100 4300 4500 


Elevation (m) 


Fic. 3. 


Floristic Richness 


The alpine flora of the Sierra Nevada, defined 
as species reaching 3500 m or more at their upper 
limit of distribution, comprises 385 vascular plant 
species. The species total includes 10 ferns and 
fern relatives (2.6%), five conifers (1.3%), 85 
monocots (22.1%), and 285 eudicots (74.0%). 
With the inclusion of an additional 24 named 
varieties and subspecies, the total number of 
alpine taxa is 409. 

Of course, the predetermined elevational 
boundary has a very strong influence on the size 
of the flora (Fig. 3). If the alpine flora were 
defined as those species reaching to 3400 m, then 
76 additional species would be added for a total 
of 460 species (488 taxa). Were the limit defined 
as 3300 m, there would be a flora of 536 species 
(570 taxa), with the relative proportions of 
monocots and eudicots virtually unchanged and 
the addition of five ferns and one conifer. 

There are 97 species (101 taxa) with an 
elevational range that extends as high as 4000 m, 
an elevation reached by only the highest Sierran 
peaks (Fig. 3). This number declines to 27 species 
that reach 4200 m in elevation. These 27 high 
elevation species do not display dominance by a 
few families as is the case with the full alpine flora 
but are rather spread among 15 different families 
(Appendix 1). Three species have been recorded 
as reaching to 4400 m. These are Epilobium 
anagallidifolium Lam. (Onagraceae), Saxifraga 
hyperborea R. Br. (Saxifragaceae), and Erigeron 
vagus Payson (Asteraceae). Additional taxa that 
occur up to or above 4300 m are Erigeron 
compositus Pursh (Asteraceae), Boechera lemmo- 
nii (S. Watson) W. A. Weber (Brassicaceae), 
Cerastium beeringianum Cham. & Schltdl. (Car- 
yophyllaceae), Calyptridium umbellatum (Torr.) 
Greene (Montiaceae), Festuca brachyphylla 
Schult. & Schult. subsp. breviculmis Fred., Poa 
keckii Soreng. and P. lettermannii Vasey (Poa- 


Elevational distribution of species in the high mountain flora of the Sierra Nevada. 


ceae), Phlox pulvinata (Wherry) Cronquist (Po- 
lemoniaceae), Ranunculus eschscholtzii Schltdl. 
var. oxynotus (A. Gray) Jeps. (Ranunculaceae), 
and Potentilla pseudosericea Rydb. and Sorbus 
californica Greene (Rosaceae). 

There are six families that contribute 20 or 
more taxa to the alpine flora. The largest of these 
is the Asteraceae with 55 species (59 taxa), 
followed in size by the Poaceae (39 species, 47 
taxa), Brassicaceae (34 species), Cyperaceae (31 
species), Rosaceae (21 species, 23 taxa), and 
Fabaceae (18 species, 27 taxa). These six families 
together comprise 52% of the alpine flora. 

At the generic level, Carex stands out prom- 
inently with 29 species in the alpine flora, with an 
additional 18 species present at elevations be- 
tween 3300 and 3500 m. Next in order of size are 
Draba (Brassicaceae, 14 species), and Lupinus 
(Fabaceae, 11 species, 16 taxa). There are 10 
species of Boechera (Brassicaceae) and nine 
species each of Epilobium (Onagraceae), Eriogo- 
num (Polygonaceae), and Potentilla (Rosaceae). 
There are three genera with eight species— 
Penstemon (Plantaginaceae), Poa (Poaceae), and 
Salix (Salicaceae). 


Growth Form Distribution 


Herbaceous perennial growth forms, broadly 
defined, comprise the great majority of taxa 
reaching to or above 3500 m in the Sierra | 
Nevada. This growth form with all of its | 
subgroups includes 343 taxa, or 84% of the 409 | 
taxa that comprise the flora. These herbaceous | 
perennials can be broken down into subgroups of 
erect herbaceous perennials, perennial grami- 
noids, prostrate mats and cushion plants, bienni- | 
als, and geophytes. The largest numbers of | 
herbaceous perennials form the category of erect , 
herbaceous perennials, with 186 species (206 taxa; 
Fig. 4). The most important families for the erect , 
herbaceous perennials are the Asteraceae, Brassi- | 


2011] 


200 


160 


120 


80 


Number of taxa 


erect mat / 


annual perennial 


cushion graminoid geophyte 


RUNDEL: SIERRA NEVADA ALPINE FLORA lest) 


aquatic shrub suburb tree 


Fic. 4. Growth form distribution of alpine taxa in the alpine flora of the Sierra Nevada. 


caceae, Fabaceae, Rosaceae, Polygonaceae, and 
Onagraceae. Among the erect herbaceous peren- 
nials are four species that are reported to have the 
potential to survive as facultative annuals. 
Although these have not been studies in detail, 
it is expected that these species have biennial or 
short-lived perennial life histories in the alpine 
zone, and they are included here in the totals for 
erect herbaceous perennials. Three of these are 
members of the Brassicaceae, each representing a 
different genus. Among these facultative annuals, 
only Androsace septentrionalis L. (Primulaceae) 
with an elevation range of 2700-3600 m can be 
considered as a subalpine and alpine specialist. 

There are several additional groups classified 
broadly as erect herbaceous perennials. The 10 
species of ferns and fern relatives included here 
within the alpine flora represent four families 
(Pteridaceae, Ophioglossaceae, Woodsiaceae, and 
Selaginellaceae). Four of these species reach 
elevation at or above 4000 m—Botrychium lineare 
W. H. Wagner, B. paradoxum W. H. Wagner, 
Cystopteris fragilis (L.) Bernh., and Selaginella 
watsonii Underw. Lowering the characterization 
of the alpine zone lower limit to 3300 m would 
add five additional fern species (Appendix 2). 
Also classified as erect perennials are seven 
species of hemiparasites, all members of the 
Orobanchaceae, with four species (five taxa) of 
Castilleja and three species of Pedicularis. Six 
more species from this family would be added by 
lowering the alpine boundary to 3300 m, includ- 
ing five more species of Castilleja. 

Next in diversity among the herbaceous 
perennials is the subgroup of graminoids (Cyper- 
aceae, Juncaceae, Juncaginaceae, and Poaceae) 


with 83 species (85 taxa, Fig. 4). All of the 
members of these four families within the alpine 
flora are perennials, with Agrostis, Bromus, 
Carex, Elymus, Juncus, Luzula, Poa, and Stipa 
forming genera with five or more taxa (Appendix 
1). These perennial graminoids include one 
species of Cy grass, Muhlenbergia richardsonis 
Rydb. (Sage and Sage 2002). Two other C, 
members of this genus, the perennial M. montana 
Hitche. and the annual M. filiformis Rydb., just 
miss inclusion, reaching to elevations of 3420 m 
and 3350 m, respectively. Lowering the alpine 
boundary to 3300 m would add significantly to 
the diversity of graminoid perennials, with 43 
additional taxa present (Appendix 2). 

Prostrate mats and cushion forms of growth 
are common in some of the herbaceous perenni- 
als of the Sierran alpine flora (Fig. 4). These 
species are low in stature and form a heteroge- 
neous group that shares the characteristic of a 
prostrate growth form with either a central 
taproot or multiple points of rooting through 
layering. Mats and cushions often form an 
ecologically significant component of plant cover 
on exposed ridges and fellfield. There are 46 
species classified here as mats or cushions, with 
19 of these high subalpine and alpine specialists 
not occurring below 2700 m elevation The growth 
form characteristics of mats and cushions may be 
genetic in some cases but in others is environ- 
mentally induced, with mat forms of growth only 
occurring at higher elevations (personal observa- 
tions). Alpine mat and cushion species are well 
represented in the Asteraceae with 13 species 
(notably taxa of Antennaria and Erigeron), 
Polygonaceae (Eriogonum) with eight species, 


160 MADRONO 


50 


x + 

os 30 O 

- ¢ 

& OC 
20 

E A 

oh 

2 AA 
10 

0 


[Vol. 58 


@ annuals 

Cishrubs 

a subshrubs 
> 


® cushion/mat 


3100 3300 3500 3700 3900 4100 4300 4500 


Elevation (m) 


FIG. 5. 
Sierra Nevada. 


Brassicaceae (Draba and Anelsonia) with s1x 
species, and Fabaceae (Astragalus, Lupinus, 
Oxytropis, and Trifolium) with five species. Also 
notable in their ecological dominance are mats of 
Caryophyllaceae (Cerastium, Eremogone, Min- 
uartia) and Polemoniaceae (Ph/ox). 

The alpine flora includes just four species of 
geophytes, which represent the Alliaceae (A//ium 
obtusum Lemmon var. obtusum), Liliaceae (Ca- 
lochortus leichtlinii Hook. f.), Melanthiaceae 
(Veratrum californicum Durand var. californi- 
cum), and Themidaceae (Triteleia dudleyi Hoo- 
ver). The highest elevation species among these 1s 
C. leichtlinii, which reaches up to 4000 m. None 
of these geophytes can be considered to be high 
elevation specialists as all reach lower elevational 
limits of 1200—1500 m in California. There are six 
species of geophytes that just miss reaching the 
lower alpine limit, as defined here, but occur at or 
above 3300 m (Appendix 2). These include A//ium 
validum S. Watson (Alliaceae), /ris missouriensis 
Nutt. (Iridaceae), Lilium kelleyanum Lemmon 
(Liliaceae) and three Orchidaceae (Platanthera 
dilatata (Pursh) Lindl. ex L. C. Beck var. 
leucostachys (Lind.) Luer, P. sparsiflora Schlitr., 
and Spiranthes romanzoffiana Cham. 

Only a single species of aquatic plant, Calli- 
triche palustris L. (Plantaginaceae), reaches the 
alpine zone of the Sierra Nevada. This is perhaps 
not surprising given the relatively small area of 
oligotrophic lakes that are present above 3500 m. 
Potamogeton robbinsii Oakes (Potamogetona- 
ceae) and Limosella acaulis Sessé & Moc. 


Elevational distribution of taxa of annuals, shrubs, subshrubs, and mats/cushions in the alpine flora of the 


(Scrophulariaceaeae) have a range that extends 
as high as 3300 m, and a number of aquatic 
species including /soetes (Isoetaceae) reach eleva- 
tions of 3000 m. 

Plants with an annual life history comprise a 
small but significant component of the alpine 
flora of the Sierra Nevada, with 24 species (26 
taxa) reaching to elevations of 3500 m (Fig. 4). 
The annual species occurring at the highest 
elevation is Gayophytum decipiens F. H. Lewis 
& Szweyk. (Onagraceae), which ranges up to 
4200 m. Five other species of annuals reach 
4000 m in elevation—Gentianopsis holopetala (A. 
Gray) Iltis (Gentianaceae), Phacelia hastata 
Douglas ex Lehm. subsp. compacta (Brand) 
Heckard (Boraginaceae), Mimulus suksdorfii A. 
Gray (Phrymaceae), Gayophytum racemosum 
Torr. & A. Gray (Onagraceae), and Collinsia 
torreyi A. Gray var. wrightii (S. Watson) I. M. 
Johnst. (Plantaginaceae). The number of annual 
species present increases sharply below the limit 
set here for inclusion in the alpine flora. Including 
the above taxa, there are 33 annual species (36 
taxa) with a range reaching to or above 3400 m 
and 38 species (41 taxa) occurring at or above 
3300 m (Fig. 5). 

Most of the annuals reaching into the alpine 
zone are species with wide elevational ranges that 
extend down to lower foothill habitats. Only 13 
of the alpine annual species have ranges limited 
to elevations at or above 1200 m, a distribution 
that would indicate adaptation to montane and 
higher elevation habitats. Five annual taxa can be 


2011] 


considered as subalpine and alpine specialists 
having a lower elevation limit of 2700 m or above 
and/or a median elevational range above 3000 m. 
These species, none of which ranges as high as 
4000 m or above, are Comastoma_ tenellum 
(Rottb.) Toyok. (Gentianaceae), Cryptantha cir- 
cumscissa (Hook. & Arn.) I. M. Johnst.var. 
rosulata J. T. Howell (Boraginaceae), Strep- 
tanthus gracilis Eastw. (Brassicaceae), and Lepto- 
siphon oblanceolatus (Brand) J. M. Porter & L. A. 
Johnson and Gymnosteris parvula A. Heller 
(Polemoniaceae). Just missing this criteria, but 
certainly also a high elevation specialist, is 
Phacelia orogenes Brand (Boraginaceae). Four 
of these six, with Comastoma tenellum and 
Gymnosteris parvula as exceptions, are Sierra 
Nevada endemics. 

The most important family in contributing to 
the annual flora of high elevations is the 
Boraginaceae, with 11 species (12 taxa) repre- 
senting five genera. Next in importance are the 
Polemoniaceae with five species (comprising five 
genera), and the Onagraceae with four species 
(five taxa) representing just a single genus. There 
are four genera that contribute three or more 
species to the annual flora. These are Gayophy- 
tum (Onagraceae, four species, five taxa), Phace- 
lia (Boraginaceae, four species), Cryptantha 
(Boraginaceae, three species, four taxa), and 
Mimulus (Phrymaceae, three species). 

Subshrubs, defined as semi-woody species that 
maintain living perennial tissue in winter above 
the ground surface, include 13 species occurring 
at elevations of 3500 m or above (Fig. 4). The 
Asteraceae contribute more than 60% of the 
alpine flora of subshrubs, with eight species. Four 
species of Ericameria (Asteraceae) and three 
species each of Penstemon (Plantaginaceae), and 
one Monardella (Lamiaceae) form subshrubs that 
reach alpine elevations. Five species are consid- 
ered to be subalpine and alpine specialists based 
on a lower elevational limit of 2700 m or a mean 
elevational range above 3000 m. Four of these are 
members of the Asteraceae—Sphaeromeria cana 
(D. C. Eaton) A. Heller, Ericameria parryi (A. 
Gray) G. L. Nesom & G. I. Baird var. 
monocephala (A. Nelson & P. B. Kenn.) G. L. 
Nesom & G. I Baird, E. bloomer (A. gray) J. F. 
Macbr., and Chrysothamnus viscidiflorus (Hook.) 
Nutt. var. viscidiflorus. The two latter species 
have very broad elevational occurrence from 
800-4000 m. 

There are 23 species of woody shrubs that 
extend into the alpine zone of the Sierra Nevada 
(Fig. 4). Just four families account for the 
majority of the high elevation shrubs. The largest 
of these is the Salicaceae (eight species of Salix), 
followed by the Ericaceae (five species, each in a 
different genus), Grossulariaceae (three species of 
Ribes), and Rosaceae (three species, each in a 
different genus). The highest elevation reached is 


RUNDEL: SIERRA NEVADA ALPINE FLORA 16] 


reported for Sorbus californica at 4300 m. How- 
ever, this elevation record appears to not be 
supported by specimen records in the Consortium 
of California Herbaria (ucjeps.berkeley.edu/ 
consortium), and therefore needs confirmation. 
There are six additional shrub species that reach 
elevations of 4000 m—Salix orestera C. K. 
Schneid., S. planifolia Pursh, S. petrophila Rydb., 
Gaultheria humifusa (Graham) Rydb., Holodiscus 
discolor (Pursh) Maxim. var. microphyllus (Rydb) 
Jeps., and Ribes montigenum McClatchie. Only 
three shrub species can be considered as subal- 
pine and alpine specialists based on a lower 
elevational limit at or above 2700 m or median 
range of occurrence above 3000 m. These are 
Salix planifolia, S. brachycarpa Nutt. var. bra- 
chycarpa, and S. nivalis Hook. Three more shrub 
species just miss this definition of high elevation 
specialist. Arctostaphylos uva-ursi (L.) Spreng. 
has an elevational range of 2400-3300 m, while 
Jamesia americana Torr. & A. Gray (Hydrangea- 
ceae) and Ribes cereum Douglas var. inebrians 
(Lindl.) C. L. Hitche. are alpine species that 
extend down to lower elevations of 2070 m and 
2100 m, respectively. Including the above species, 
there are a total of 39 shrub species that occur at 
elevations of 3300 m or above in the Sierra 
Nevada. This group includes two more species of 
Salix, one additional Ribes, five Ericaceae, three 
Rosaceae, two species of Caprifoliaceae, and a 
scattered diversity of species from other families 
(Appendix 2). 

Five species of coniferous trees in the Pinaceae 
have scattered populations that extend well above 
typical treeline elevation on favorable sites. The 
treeline pines, Pinus albicaulis Engelm., P. flexilis 
E. James and P. balfouriana Grev. & Balf., all 
have local populations that reach as high as 
3700 m in elevation in the Sierra Nevada, while P. 
contorta Loudon subsp. murrayana (Grev. & 
Balf.) Critchf. and Tsuga mertensiana (Bong.) 
Carriere reach 3500 m. Just missing the elevation 
of the alpine zone are scattered trees of Pinus 
monticola Douglas ex D. Don that reach up to 
3400 m. 


Elevational Amplitude 


Separating alpine taxa into categories of 
elevational ranges over which they occur provides 
some insight into their ecological amplitude and 
thus a crude measure of potential niche breadth. 
There are nine obligate alpine taxa in the Sierra 
Nevada restricted in occurrence to elevations 
at or above 3500 m. These are Boechera depaupe- 
rata (A. Nelson & P. B. Kenn.) Windham & 
Al-Shehbaz (Brassicaceae), Botrychium para- 
doxum and B. tunux Stensvold & Farrar (Ophio- 
glossaceae), Carex incurviformis Mack. (Cyper- 
aceae), Draba sierra Sharsm. (Brassicaceae), 
Eriogonum wrightii Torr. ex Benth. var. olanchense 


162 


140 


120 


100 


80 


60 


Number of taxa 


40 


20 


foothill lower montane 


FIG. 6. 


MADRONO 


upper montane 


[Vol. 58 


subalpine alpine 


Lower elevational zone of occurrence for taxa in the alpine flora of the Sierra Nevada. The elevational 


limits of these zones are 0—1190 m for the foothill zone, 1200-1990 m for the lower montane zone, 2000—2699 m for 
the upper montane zone, 2700-3490 m for the subalpine zone, and 3500 m and above for the alpine zone. 


(J. T. Howell) Reveal (Polygonaceae), Minuartia 
stricta (Sw.) Hiern (Caryophyllaceae), Phlox 
dispersa Sharsm. (Polemoniaceae), and Poa let- 
termanii (Poaceae). 

There an additional 67 alpine species (70 taxa, 
17.2% of all taxa) with ranges restricted to the 
elevations of subalpine and alpine habitats at or 
above 2700 m (Fig. 6). Examining the floristic 
composition of all 76 species (79 taxa) with a 
range restricted to subalpine and alpine eleva- 
tions, just four families comprise more than half 
of these. These are the Asteraceae (11 species), 
Brassicaceae (nine species), Rosaceae (eight 
species, nine taxa), and Poaceae (eight species). 
Three additional species would be added to the 
obligate subalpine and alpine flora if the eleva- 
tional limit were reduced to 3300 m. These are 
Astragalus ravenii Barneby (Fabaceae), Carex 
tiogana D. W. Taylor & J. D. Mastrog. (Cyper- 
aceae), and Chaenactis douglasii (Hook.) Hook. 
& Arn. var. alpina A. Gray (Asteraceae). 

Looking at the level of all alpine taxa, 22.4% 
have a lower elevational limit in the upper 
montane zone (2000-2699 m) and a further 
31.0% have a lower limit in the lower montane 
zone (1200-1999 m). Finally 27.5% of the alpine 
taxa have a broad elevational amplitude of 
occurrence extending upward from the foothill 
zone below 1200 m up into the alpine (Fig. 6). 

Plotting the elevational amplitude of all of the 
alpine taxa shows a peak at about 2300 m, with 
relatively fewer species exhibiting very broad or 
very narrow elevational amplitudes (Fig. 7). 
Nevertheless, there are many taxa with surprising 
broad ranges of elevational occurrence. There are 
77 species that have an elevational amplitude of 


3000 m or more, and six species that have 4000 m 
or more of amplitude in California. These latter 
species, each in a different family, are Callitriche 
palustris (Plantaginaceae), Calyptridium umbella- 
tum (Montiaceae), Cystopteris fragilis (Woodsia- 
ceae), Draba cana Rydb. (Brassicaceae), Epilo- 
bium ciliatum Raf. subsp. ciliatum (Onagraceae), 
and Erysimum capitatum (Hook.) Greene var. 
capitatum (Brassicaceae). Were the elevational 
definition of the alpine zone lowered to 3300 m, a 
large number of species with broad elevational 
amplitudes would be added to the flora. There 
are 42 species in this group of added taxa that 
have 3000 m or more of elevational amplitude in 
their range of occurrence. 


Biogeography and Endemism 


Within the Sierra Nevada itself, the distribu- 
tions of the high elevation flora are relatively well 
spread between the northern, central and south- 
ern subregions of the Sierra Nevada. Assessing 
species reaching an elevational boundary of 
3300 m, 70% of the 567 taxa occur in all three 
subregions. The northern subregion has 76% of 
the alpine flora present, while the central and 
southern Sierra Nevada have 90% and 88% of the 
alpine flora present, respectively. A number of 
alpine species have their southern limit of 
distribution in the central Sierra Nevada. These 
include Carex whitneyi Olney (Cyperaceae), 
Podistera nevadensis (A. Gray) S. Watson (Apia- 
ceae), Claytonia megarhiza (A. Gray) S. Waston 
(Montiaceae), Thalictrum alpinum L. (Ranuncu- 
laceae), Galium grayanum Ehrend. var. grayanum 
(Rubiaceae), and Salix nivalis (Salicaceae). 


| 


2011] RUNDEL: SIERRA NEVADA ALPINE FLORA 163 
60 
50 
40 
fae) 
& 
xe) 
5 30 
Q 
= 
=) 
Zz 
20 
10 
0 
0 400 800 1200 1600 2100 2400 2800 3200 3600 4000 4400 
Elevational amplitude (m) 
FIG. 7. Elevational amplitude of alpine taxa in the Sierra Nevada. These values are based on the range expressed 


from upper and lower limits of elevational distribution in California as presented in Baldwin et al. (2012). 


The broader biogeographic relationships of the 
alpine flora at or above 3500 m indicate its 
diverse origins (Fig. 8). Widespread species dis- 
tributed across North America and beyond as 
boreal or arctic-alpine taxa comprise 13.6% of 
the flora (Table 1). The largest group of taxa 
(34.3%) shows patterns of distribution as cordil- 
leran species widespread in mountain regions of 
the western United States. Next in importance 


160 
140 
120 


100 


Number of taxa 


cord S-C 


wide 


FIG. 8. 


are taxa with a range in the Intermountain 
Region of the Great Basin, comprising 20.5% of 
taxa. A group consisting of 15.8% of the taxa has 
ranges extending along the Sierra Nevada axis to 
the Cascade Range and often on to the Pacific 
Northwest. 

The alpine flora of the Sierra Nevada includes 
36 endemic taxa restricted in their distribution to 
the Sierra Nevada (Table 2). These endemic taxa 


end end-cal int 


Biogeographic relationships of the alpine flora of the Sierra Nevada. WIDE = widespread taxa present in 
many habitats or regions across North America and/or throughout the world; CORD = 


cordilleran taxa 


widespread in mountain regions of the western United States; S-C = Sierra/Cascade taxa with a Pacific Northwest 
distribution; END = taxa endemic to the Sierra Nevada; and END-CAL = taxa endemic to California, as broadly 
defined; INT = intermountain taxa present in the Great Basin. See text for discussion. 


164 


TABLE 1. 
SIERRA NEVADA. 


Biogeographic range category 


Widespread taxa distributed 
across North America and 
beyond as circumboreal or 
arctic-alpine taxa 


MADRONO 


[Vol. 58 


EXAMPLES OF THE BROADER BIOGEOGRAPHIC RELATIONSHIPS OF THE ALPINE FLORA OF THE 


Examplar taxa 


Anemone drummondii (Ranunculaceae), Carex capitata (Cyperaceae), Crepis 
nana (Asteraceae), Cystopteris fragilis (Woodsiaceae), Deschampsia cespitosa 
(Poaceae), Oxyria digyna (Polygonaceae), Phleum alpinum (Poaceae), 
Rhodiola integrifolium (Crassulaceae), Salix nivalis and S. petrophila 


(Salicaceae), Sibbaldia procumbens (Rosaceae), Trisetum spicatum (Poaceae) 


Cordilleran taxa widespread in 
mountain regions of the 
western United States 


Antennaria media (Asteraceae), Carex phaeocephala (Cyperaceae), Erigeron 
vagus (Asteraceae), Gentiana calycosa (Gentianaceae). Lewisia pygmaea 
(Montiaceae), Phlox condensata (Polemoniaceae), Poa glauca subsp. rupicola 


(Poaceae), Ribes cereum (Grossulariaceae), Stipa pinetorum (Poaceae) 


Intermountain Region taxa 
distributed across the Great 
Basin 


Cryptantha nubigena (Boraginaceae), Cymopterus cinerarius (Apiaceae), 
Eriogonum incanum (Polygonaceae), Ivesia shockleyi (Rosaceae), Jamesia 
americana (Hydrangeaceae), Podistera nevadensis (Apiaceae), Selaginella 


watsonii (Selaginellaceae), Trifolium monanthum subsp. monanthum (Fabaceae) 


Taxa extending from the Pacific 
Northwest and Cascade 
Range 


Anelsonia eurycarpa (Brassicaceae), Astragalus whitneyi (Fabaceae), Boechera 
howellii (Brassicaceae), Carex breweri (Cyperaceae), Eriogonum lobbii 
(Polygonaceae), Gentiana newberryi (Gentianaceae), Potentilla breweri and P. 


flabellifolia (Rosaceae), Ranunculus alismifolius var. alismellus 
(Ranunculaceae), Senecio fremontii var.occidentalis (Asteraceae), Silene 
sargentii (Caryophyllaceae) 


are heavily weighted toward subalpine and alpine 
specialists, with 29 of these restricted in distribu- 
tion to elevations of 2700 m or above, or with 
median elevational range above 3000 m. Two 
generic lineages are prominent among these 
endemics, with five taxa each of Draba and 
Eriogonum. Five of the alpine endemics are 
annual species—Orochaenactis thysanocarpha 
(A. Gray) Coville (Asteraceae), Cryptantha cir- 
cumscissa var. rosulata (Boraginaceae), Strep- 
tanthus gracilis (Brassicaceae), and Leptosiphon 
oblanceolatus (Polemoniaceae). 

The southern Sierra Nevada is the most 
significant subregion for endemics, with 15 of 
the 36 endemic taxa (42%) are restricted in 
distribution to the area from the Kings River 
drainage south that includes Kings Canyon and 
Sequoia National parks (Table 2). These are 
Draba cruciata Payson, D. longisquamosa O. E. 
Schulz, D. sharsmithii Rollins & R. A. Price, 
Eriogonum polypodum Small, E. spergulinum A. 
Gray var. pretense (S. Stokes) J. T. Howell, E. 
wrightii var. olanchense, Galium hypotrichium A. 
Gray subsp. subalpinum (Hilend & J. T. Howell) 
Ehrend., Leptosiphon oblanceolatus, Monardella 
beneolens Shevock, Ertter & Jokerst, Oreonana 
clementis (M. E. Jones) Jeps., Orthochaenactis 
thysanocarpha, Phlox dispersa, Pinus balfouriana 
var. austina R. J. Mastrog. & J. D. Mastrog., 
Streptanthus gracilis, and Trifolium kingie S. 
Waston subsp. dedeckerae (J. M. Gillett) D. 
Heller. 

Another 13 taxa are restricted to the central 
and southern Sierra Nevada. Five of the endem- 
ics are present across the northern, central and 
southern subregions of the Sierra Nevada, and 
three endemic taxa are restricted in occurrence to 
the central Sierra Nevada. These are Draba 


sierrae, Eriogonum ovalifolium Nutt. var. caeles- 
tinum Reveal, and Lupinus gracilentus Greene 
(Table 2). Although the absence of peaks above 
3500 m in the Sierra Nevada north of Yosemite 
National Park explains the lack of endemics 
restricted to this subregion, the scattered lower 
elevation alpine communities of the northern 
Sierra Nevada retain moderately high richness of 
species. 

In addition to the members of the alpine flora 
that are endemic to the Sierra Nevada, there are 
an additional 31 alpine taxa that are Californian 
endemics, allowing for a broad interpretation of 
the floristic region to include the westernmost 
ranges of the Great Basin lying close to the Sierra 
Nevada and the southern Cascade Range in 
Oregon. Many of the Californian endemics have 


ranges that extend to the Sweetwater and/or — 
White Inyo mountains, while others extend into | 
the high Transverse and Peninsular Ranges of | 
southern California and a small number extend © 
into the southern Cascade Range. The pattern of | 


dominant endemism centered in the southern 
Sierra Nevada is not seen among these taxa. 
Twelve of these occur throughout the Sierra 


Nevada and an additional 12 are restricted to the © 


central and southern areas of the range, while | 


only four species are limited to the southern 
Sierra Nevada. 


If the lower limit of the alpine zone were | 


dropped to 3300 m, 11 additional Sierra Nevada 


endemics would be added (Table 2). Four of | 
these are restricted to the southern Sierra Nevada | 


(Astragalus ravenii, Boechera pygmaea (Rollins) | 
Al-Shehbaz, Castilleja praeterita Heckard & © 


Bacig., and Phacelia orogenes), with three each — 
present in the central and southern Sierra Nevada | 


and in all three regions. One species is restricted 


2011] 


to the central Sierra Nevada. Five additional 
Californian endemics would be added if the lower 
alpine limit was dropped to 3300 m (Table 2). 


DISCUSSION 


Defining the Alpine Zone of California 


Critically defining what species should be 
included in an alpine flora is an imperfect task 
given the lack of a simple operational definition, as 
discussed below. The high elevation areas of the 
Sierra Nevada broadly classified as subalpine and 
alpine, or upper Hudsonian and Arctic-Alpine in 
the Merriam life zone classification (Daubenmire 
1938), would roughly include those areas lying 
above about 3000 m elevation (Fig. 2). Such 
subalpine and alpine habitats cover extensive areas 
of the central and southern Sierra Nevada, but 
only scattered areas of the northern Sierra Nevada 
lying north of Sonora Pass. The higher elevation 
area of this northern Sierran region, however, 
supports mosaics of subalpine forest, shrublands, 
and low alpine-like vegetation (Smiley 1915, 1921). 

A simple definition of alpine habitat is that 
area occurring above treeline, with the caveat 
that most alpine species are not obligate in 
inhabiting habitats above treeline and typically 
occur to varying degrees at lower elevations 
(Packer 1974). While this approach sounds 
logical, timberline itself can be highly variable 
even in a local area depending on slope exposure, 
erosional history, parent material, disturbance 
history, and local microclimate (Billings 2000). 

Sharsmith (1940) recognized the alpine flora as 
a distinct subdivision of the overall California 
flora, characterized by its geographic range, 
growth forms, species composition, and constancy 
with which the alpine association of species is 
maintained. Although he described the alpine zone 
as reaching its lower limit at an average elevation 
of 3500 m, the limit used in this paper, nowhere in 
his dissertation is there a clear statement of criteria 
for his inclusion of species. He stated, 


While certain species are absolute indicators of 
the alpine flora, it is the particular association 
of species which gives it its characteristic. 
Although many species occur elsewhere, this 
special assemblage is not met until the alpine 
area 1s reached. Everywhere the flora presents 
the impression of unity, an impression rein- 
forced by increased field experience. 


The combined subalpine and alpine flora of the 
Sierra Nevada as defined by Smiley (1921) 
included 633 species, with 41 listed as indicators 
of the Arctic-Alpine zone. He considered 158 
Species to be Sierra Nevada endemics and 
another 20 species to be restricted in distribution 
to the Sierra Nevada and the southern California 
mountains. Sharsmith (1940) included 189 species 


RUNDEL: SIERRA NEVADA ALPINE FLORA 165 


in his alpine flora of the Sierra Nevada, with 31 
of these considered to be endemic. This flora was 
composed of 183 herbaceous perennials and six 
annual species, but did not include any woody 
species. A similar estimate was made by Stebbins 
(1982) who stated that there were 207 species in 
the Sierra Nevada alpine flora. Finally, a much 
higher estimate came from Major and Bamberg 
(1967) who used the species descriptions in Munz 
(1959) to estimate a Sierran alpine flora of about 
600 species, a number similar to that reported 
here for taxa reaching 3300 m or above. 


Growth Forms 


The relative dominance of a herbaceous 
perennial growth forms present in the alpine 
flora of the Sierra Nevada is typical of other 
alpine floras worldwide and does not change 
dramatically in a gradient from the Rocky 
Mountains west across the Great Basin (Billings 
1978, 2000; Rundel et al. 2008). Herbaceous 
perennials have the characteristic of maintaining 
large proportions of total biomass belowground 
where they play an important role in carbohy- 
drate storage over the winter months (Mooney 
and Billings 1960; Billings 1974). The herbaceous 
perennials include species with a variety of 
ecological forms and life history strategies of 
carbon allocation to belowground and above- 
ground vegetative, and reproductive tissues 
(Rundel et al. 2005), and many of these are 
relatively long-lived plants surviving for decades 
(Billings 1974; Pollak 1991). 

As in other alpine regions, perennial grami- 
noids in alpine habitats of the Sierra Nevada 
commonly dominate plant communities of wet 
meadows that dry earlier than fellfield commu- 
nities. In contrast, fellfield habitats exhibit a 
mixed dominance of broad-leaved erect perenni- 
als, perennial graminoids, and mats and cushions 
(Rundel et al. 2005). Mat and cushion growth 
forms of herbaceous perennials are widespread in 
the high elevation Sierra Nevada, where the 46 
taxa listed here represent 12% of the alpine flora. 
These are most prominent ecologically on wind- 
swept rocky slopes or other exposed areas that 
remain snow-free during the winter. 

Because of limiting stress factors of short and 
severe growing conditions, annual plants are 
generally rare in the typical circumboreal arctic- 
alpine floras of the Northern Hemisphere, 
comprising no more than 1—2% of the flora 
(Billings 2000). Although not abundant, annuals, 
nevertheless, are more common in alpine flora of 
the Sierra Nevada and White Mountains where 
they comprise about 6—-8% of the floras (Jackson 
and Bliss 1982; Jackson 1985; Rundel et al. 2008). 
The species richness of alpine annual taxa, 
however, drops rapidly at elevations above 3300 
in the Sierra Nevada (Fig. 5). Went (1948, 1953) 


166 MADRONO [Vol. 58 


TABLE 2. ENDEMIC TAXA OF THE ALPINE FLORA OF THE SIERRA NEVADA, CALIFORNIA WITH THEIR UPPER 
RANGE OF OCCURRENCE AND GROWTH FORMS. For range: n = northern Sierra Nevada, c = central Sierra 
Nevada, and s = southern Sierra Nevada. For growth forms: A = annual, G = geophyte, P = erect herbaceous 
perennial, P-G = perennial graminoid, P-MAT = mat or cushion, SS = subshrub, T = tree. Species names follow 
Baldwin et al. (2012). 


Endemic group Family Range Growth form 
Sierra Nevada endemics >3500 m 
Aquilegia pubescens Ranunculaceae n,c,s P 
Calamagrostis muiriana Poaceae C,S P-G 
Carex congdonii Cyperaceae C,s P-G 
Cryptantha circumscissa var. rosulata Boraginaceae n,Cc,s A 
Dodecatheon subalpinum Primulaceae C,S P 
Draba cruciata Brassicaceae S P 
Draba lemmonii Brassicaceae n,C,s P 
Draba longisquamosa Brassicaceae S P 
Draba sharsmithii Brassicaceae S P 
Draba sierrae Brassicaceae Cc P-MAT 
Eriogonum nudum var. scapigerum Polygonaceae C,S P 
Eriogonum ovalifolium var. caelestinum Polygonaceae Cc P-MAT 
Eriogonum polypodum Polygonaceae S P-MAT 
Eriogonum spergulinum var. pratense Polygonaceae S P 
Eriogonum wrightii var olanchense Polygonaceae S P-MAT 
Galium hypotrichium subsp. subalpinum Rubiaceae S P 
Hazardia whitneyi var. whitneyi Asteraceae n,c,s SS 
Ivesia muirti Rosaceae C,S P 
Ivesia pygmaea Rosaceae CS P 
Leptosiphon oblanceolatus Polemoniaceae S A 
Lewisia disepala Montiaceae c,S P 
Lupinus covillei Fabaceae C,S P 
Lupinus gracilentus Fabaceae Cc P 
Luzula orestera Juncaceae n,c,$S P-G 
Monardella beneolens Lamiaceae S SS 
Oreonana clementis Apiaceae S P 
Oreostemma peirsonii Asteraceae C,S P 
Orochaenactis thysanocarpha Asteraceae S A 
Phlox dispersa Polemoniaceae S P-MAT 
Pinus balfouriana var. austrina Pinaceae S T 
Poa stebbinsii Poaceae c,S P-G 
Polemonium eximium Polemoniaceae c,S P 
Stipa kingii Poaceae C,S P-G 
Streptanthus gracilis Brassicaceae S A 
Trichophorum clementis Cyperaceae C,S P-G 
Trifolium kingii subsp. dedeckerae Fabaceae s P 
Sierra Nevada endemics 3300-3499 m 
Astragalus ravenii Fabaceae S P 
Boechera pygmaea Brassicaceae S P 
Castilleja praeterita Orobanchaceae S FP 
Erigeron elmeri Asteraceae C,S P 
Hulsea vestita subsp. vestita Asteraceae C;s P 
Ipomopsis aggregata subsp. bridgesii Polemoniaceae C,Ss P 
Lilium kelleyanum Liliaceae c,s G 
Lomatium torreyi Apiaceae n,c,s P 
Phacelia eisenti Boraginaceae c,s A 
Phacelia orogenes Boraginaceae S A 
Trifolium monanthum subsp. tenerum Fabaceae n,c,s P 
Californian endemics >3500 
Astragalus kentrophyta var. danaus Fabaceae C,S P-MAT 
Carex mariposana Cyperaceae n,c,s P-G 
Castilleja nana Orobanchaceae n,c,s P 
Chaenactis alpigena Asteraceae n,c,s P-MAT 
Delphinium polycladon Ranunculaceae n,c,s P 
Draba breweri Brassicaceae n,c,s P 
Draba subumbellata Brassicaceae S P-MAT 
Eriogonum gracilipes Polygonaceae C,S P-MAT 


2011] 


TABLE 2. 
Endemic group 


Galium hypotrichium subsp. hypotrichium 
Hulsea vestita subsp. pygmaea 

Ivesia lycopodioides subsp. lycopodioides 
Ivesia lycopodioides subsp. scandularis 
Ivesia santolinoides 

Lewisia glandulosa 

Lupinus breweri var. breweri 

Lupinus breweri var. bryoides 

Lupinus latifolius var. parishii 

Lupinus lepidus var. ramosus 

Lupinus padre-crowleyi 

Lupinus pratensis var. pratensis 
Phyllodoce breweri 

Poa keckii 

Potentilla pseudosericea 

Potentilla wheeleri 

Primula suffrutescens 

Ranunculus eschscholtzii var. oxynotus 
Tonestus peirsonii 

Triteleia dudleyi 

Viola pinetorum subsp. grisea 

Viola purpurea subsp. mesophyta 


Californian endemics 3300-3499 m 
Eriogonum latens 
Frasera puberulenta 
Hordeum brachyantherum subsp. californicum 
Penstemon caesius 
Plagiobothrys torreyi var. diffusus 


suggested that many of the high elevation annuals 
in the Sierra Nevada were related to desert 
species. 

Severe winter conditions typically limit the 
occurrence of woody plants above treeline, with 
prostrate mats and cushions as prominent excep- 
tions. The upright growth form of woody shrubs 
and krummbholtz tree species exposes their tissues 
to extreme conditions of temperature and wind 
exposure (Korner 2003). This impact on shrub 
occurrence can be seen in Fig. 5 where shrub 
richness in the Sierra Nevada drops sharply with 
increasing elevation above 3300 m, similar to the 
pattern for annual species. Much of the alpine 
flora of woody species comes from species of Salix 
and members of the Ericaceae, groups which 
favor moist habitats with some level of protection. 


Biogeography and Endemism 


The alpine flora of mountain ranges on the 
western margin of the Great Basin of California 
and western Nevada exhibit very strong relation- 
ships to that of the Sierra Nevada (Rundel et al. 
2008). The Sweetwater Mountains supports a 
flora of 173 species in 16 km? of alpine habitat, 
with 94% of this flora common to the Sierra 
Nevada (Hunter and Johnson 1983). The Wassuk 
Range has an alpine flora of 70 species in just 
2.6 km’ of alpine habitat (Bell and Johnson 
1980). Again, this flora is has stronger floristic 


RUNDEL: SIERRA NEVADA ALPINE FLORA 


167 
CONTINUED. 

Family Range Growth form 
Rubiaceae C,S P 
Asteraceae C,S P 
Rosaceae ee P 
Rosaceae C,S P 
Rosaceae n,C,s P 
Montiaceae C.S P 
Fabaceae n,c,s P-MAT 
Fabaceae S P-MAT 
Fabaceae C,S P 
Fabaceae C,S P 
Fabaceae S P-MAT 
Fabaceae Gs P 
Ericaceae n,c,S S 
Poaceae n.c.S P-G 
Rosaceae C,S P 
Rosaceae S P 
Primulaceae n.c.s Pr 
Ranunculaceae N:c.s P 
Asteraceae Cc Pp 
Themidaceae C,S G 
Violaceae n,c,s P 
Violaceae n,c,s P 
Polygonaceae C,S Fr 
Gentianaceae C,S P 
Poaceae n,c,S P-G 
Plantaginaceae S SS 
Boraginaceae Ie.s A 


relationships to the Sierra Nevada than the 
Rocky Mountains. 

As with the Sweetwater Mountains and Was- 
suk Ranges, the flora of the White Mountains 
exhibits much stronger floristic relationships to 
the Sierra Nevada than to the Rocky Mountains. 
About 90% of the species in the alpine flora of 
the White Mountains are also found in the Sierra 
Nevada (Rundel et al. 2008), compared with only 
58% that occur in the ranges of the central Rocky 
Mountains (Scott 1995). These values are signif- 
icantly higher for both ranges than earlier 
estimates made on incomplete data (Lloyd and 
Mitchell 1973). 

Mountain ranges in the central Great Basin 
generally show strong floristic linkages to the 
Rocky Mountains and weaker links to the Sierra 
Nevada (Billings 1978). Loope (1969) reported 
189 alpine species from the Ruby Mountains in 
northeastern Nevada, with this flora heavily 
linked to the Rocky Mountains. The isolated 
San Francisco Mountains in Arizona with only 
5.2 km’ of alpine habitat has 80 species, and 
likewise shows strong floristic relationships to the 
Rocky Mountains despite its separation of about 
200 km (Schaak 1983). 

The level of endemism in the alpine Sierra 
Nevada flora is a relatively small part of the 
overall endemism for the montane and higher 
parts of the range. Based on current information, 
there are 205 taxa endemic to what The Jepson 


168 


Manual (Hickman 1993) classifies as the north- 
ern, central, and southern high Sierra Nevada, 
i.e., the montane, subalpine and alpine zones 
above foothill habitats (R. Moe, Univ. of 
California, Berkeley, personal communication). 
The 36 Sierran endemics present in the alpine 
flora would thus comprise 18% of the endemic 
flora of the higher Sierra Nevada. 

The unique California component of the alpine 
flora of the Sierra Nevada is considerably greater 
if one considers the endemic component of 31 
species in the alpine flora that are not uniquely 
limited to the Sierra Nevada but are Californian 
endemics as defined earlier. Combining the 
endemic taxa with Sierran and Californian limits 
of distribution, the total of 66 taxa represents 
16% of the alpine flora. This is a relatively high 
figure compared to other alpine ranges in 
continental North America and Europe, and 
reflects the environmental stress conditions asso- 
ciated with the summer-dry mediterranean-type 
climate present in the Sierra Nevada. 

Stebbins (1982) analyzed the flora of the high 
Sierra Nevada, defined similarly to that of Smiley 
(1921) as the upper montane to alpine zones, and 
identified 119 endemic species, 13.5% of the total 
flora. He further noted that another 60% of the 
flora extended beyond the Sierra Nevada only as 
far as southern California, western Nevada, and 
southern Oregon. 

Raven and Axelrod (1978) briefly discussed the 
diversity and evolution of the subalpine and 
alpine flora of the Sierra Nevada, listing 68 
endemics for this region. Their table of endemics, 
however, is outdated by more recent information 
on distribution patterns and species concepts. 
Shevock (1996) gave a figure of 405 endemic taxa 
of vascular plants for the entire Sierra Nevada. 
The 36 alpine endemics reported here would 
comprise 9% of this total. Of the three geograph- 
ical subregions (northern, central, and southern) 
of the entire range, the southern Sierra Nevada is 
the richest in endemics, rare species, and total 
floristic composition (Shevock 1996), a finding 
similar to that reported here. 


The Evolution of the Sierran Alpine Flora 


A detailed assessment of the biogeographic and 
evolutionary origin of the alpine flora of the 
Sierra Nevada is beyond the scope of this review. 
Broad interpretations of biogeographic relation- 
ships within alpine lineages have been discussed 
by previous authors (e.g., Smiley 1921; Sharsmith 
1940; Chabot and Billings 1972; Taylor 1977; 
Major and Taylor 1977; Raven and Axelrod 
1978; Stebbins 1982) but recent phylogenetic 
studies have made many of these earlier interpre- 
tations subject to re-evaluation. 

Evidence for a north to south route of 
colonization of high mountain areas of the Sierra 


MADRONO 


[Vol. 58 


Nevada comes from a pattern of decreasing 
presence of Rocky Mountain floristic elements 
and an increasing number of endemics alpine 
species as one moves from the northern to 
southern crest of the range (Chabot and Billings 
1972; Raven and Axelrod 1978). The southern 
limit of a number of alpine species on Mount 
Lassen suggests the possibility that some of these 
and other Cascade Range species may well have 
been present in the Sierra Nevada in the late 
Pliocene or early Pleistocene. Although the 
species composition of lower and middle eleva- 
tion conifer forests of Lassen National Park are 
strongly related to that of the Sierra Nevada, the 
summits of the highest peaks in Lassen support 
an alpine flora that exhibits stronger floristic 
links to Mount Shasta and the Cascade Range to 
the north (Gillett et al. 1995). Alpine species with 
disjunct patterns of distribution from Mount 
Lassen to the Cascade Range volcanoes include 
Cardamine_ bellidifolia L. (Brassicaceae), Carex 
illota L. H. Bailey (Cyperaceae), Collomia larsenii 
(A. Gray) Payson (Polemoniaceae), Draba aure- 
ola S. Watson (Brassicaceae), Erigeron elegantu- 
lus Greene and E. nivalis Nutt. (Asteraceae), 
Hulsea nana A. Gray (Asteraceae), Polemonium 
pulcherrimum Hook. var. pilosum (Greenm.) 
Brand (Polemoniaceae), and Silene suksdorfii B. 
L. Rob. (Caryophyllaceae). The Klamath Moun- 
tains also mark the southern distribution limit of 
a number of boreal species that do not occur in 
the high elevations of the Sierra Nevada (Howell 
1944). 

Alpine and subalpine species characteristic of 
wet meadows and other moist sites typically have 
broad geographic ranges but become increasing 
habitat specific moving to the south in the Sierra 
Nevada as precipitation decreases (Kimball et al. 
2004; Moore et al. 2007). The relative isolation of 
the Sierra Nevada from northern ranges and the 
summer-dry have clearly acted as a filter to 
exclude some widespread circumpolar arctic- 
alpine species such as Dryas integrifolia Vahl 
(Rosaceae) and Silene acaulis L. (Caryophylla- 
ceae) which do not occur anywhere in California. © 
Species growing in xeric rocky habitats show | 
higher levels of endemism and smaller range size — 
due to isolation and divergence from ancestral | 
populations distributed in wetter habitats to the | 
north. | 

More controversial, however, is the origin of | 
disjunct Rocky Mountain species present in the — 
central and southern Sierra Nevada, often 
growing in azonal soil conditions. There is both 
geological and paleobotanical evidence to suggest — 
that the mean elevation of the Great Basin was as | 
much as 1500 m higher in the Miocene and that 
the current Basin and Range topography is the | 
result of subsidence rather than uplift (Wernicke © 
et al. 1988; Wolfe et al. 1997). The presence of | 
higher elevations in the Great Basin during the © 


2011] 


Pleistocene could possibly have provided step- 
ping stones to allow the dispersal of alpine 
organisms from the east (Major and Bamberg 
1967; Taylor 1976a). Molecular evidence indi- 
cates that at least one lineage of butterflies 
entered the Sierra Nevada by this route (Nice 
and Shapiro 2001). However, other authors feel 
that the majority of these disjunct plant species 
reached the Sierra Nevada by the same dominant 
route from the Western Cordillera via the 
Cascade Range and south (Chabot and Billings 
1972). 

Modes of speciation in the development of the 
endemic alpine flora of the Sierra Nevada are 
clearly complex. Polyploidy and associated apo- 
mixis are widely recognized as major factors in 
plant evolution, and these factors have had a 
relatively recent impact on speciation in produc- 
ing stable self-propagating lineages (Soltis et al. 
2009). In the alpine region of the Sierra Nevada, 
as in other alpine regions, diploid lineages of 
polyploid complexes often occupy unglaciated 
areas and resist introgression due hypothetically 
to a significantly higher seed set. However, 
asexual apomictic populations are more wide- 
spread than their sexual relatives in glaciated 
areas. Sexual and asexual polyploids may become 
distinct stabilized species through hybrid origin. 

Reproductive isolation and stability of tetra- 
ploids within their respective distribution as well 
as the value of uniparental reproduction provide 
the advantages of apomixis. Many important 
genera in the alpine flora of the Sierra Nevada are 
notable for the presence of apomixis, with 
Boechera (Schranz et al. 2005; Dobes et al. 
2007), Draba (Jordon-Thaden and Koch 2008), 
and Antennaria (Bayer and Stebbins 1987) as 
examples. Additional speciose genera in the 
Sierra Nevada known to have complex apomictic 
populations include Arnica and Crepis (Aster- 
aceae; Noyes 2007), Poa and Calamagrostis 
(Poaceae), and Potentilla (Rosaceae) (Asker and 
Jerling 1992). 

Other modes of alpine speciation have also 
been described for the Sierra Nevada. Some 
speciation, for example, has hypothetically come 
from lowland arid-adapted taxa colonizing the 
glaciated terrain of the range at the end of the 
Pleistocene (Went 1948, 1953). Speciation has 
also been shown to be the result of population 
disjunction and reproductive isolation (Chase 
and Raven 1975). 

Although the Transverse and Peninsular rang- 
es are well separated from the higher elevations of 
the Sierra Nevada, more than one third of the 
Sierran alpine flora has a range of distribution 
that extends to these southern California ranges. 
While some of these species occur at lower 
elevations, others are typically subalpine and 
alpine species that must have crossed the Mojave 
Desert during the cold conditions of the Pleisto- 


RUNDEL: SIERRA NEVADA ALPINE FLORA 169 


cene. This latter group includes Androsace 
septentrionalis (Primulaceae), Hulsea vestita A. 
Gray subsp. pygmaea (A. Gray) Wilken (Aster- 
aceae), Oxyria digyna (L.) Hill (Polygonaceae), 
and Podistera nevadensis (Apiaceae). 

There are lessons to be learned from recent 
studies of the patterns of diversification in the 
European alpine flora. These strongly demon- 
strate that speciation have been promoted by 
diverse ecological, evolutionary, and life history 
traits related to population structure, phyloge- 
netic relationships, breeding system, dispersal 
syndromes, ecophysiological ranges of habitat 
requirements, and competitive abilities (Comes 
and Kadereit 1998; Taberlet et al. 1998: Hewitt 
2000; Gugerli and Holderegger 2001; Vargas 
2003). The complex and dynamic climatic and 
geological history of the Sierra Nevada operating 
on such traits suggests that there have been a 
range of different colonization and extinction 
histories that are species specific. Much more 
work on the comparative phylogeography of 
alpine plants in the Sierra Nevada will be 
necessary before we understand all of the factors 
responsible for present distributions and predom- 
inant modes of speciation in the alpine flora of 
the range. 


Research Needs 


There is little doubt that the stability of the 
ecotone between alpine and treeline ecosystems in 
the Sierra Nevada and other high mountain 
regions has been and continues to be a function 
of complex interactions, with multiple drivers 
operating across diverse scales of time and space. 
This ecotone has been highly dynamic in the past 
and given the importance of temperature in 
controlling the elevation of treeline and higher 
alpine ecosystems, this ecotone and associated 
species are likely to be particularly sensitive to 
climate change in the future (Lloyd and Graum- 
lich 1997; Graumlich et al. 2005; Grabherr et al. 
2010). Beyond treeline studies, the expansion of 
woody shrub species into alpine habitats has been 
shown to also be a sensitive indicator of potential 
climate change, with significant feedbacks on 
microclimate and soil ecosystems (Hallinger et al. 
2010), as well as species facilitation (Callaway et 
al. 2002). The potential sensitivity of alpine 
ecosystems to climate change has been the 
stimulus for establishing the worldwide research 
program Global Observation Research Initiative 
in Alpine Environments (GLORIA, http://www. 
gloria.ac.at) with the aim of providing long-term 
observations on the state and dynamics of alpine 
biota. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


I thank Bruce Baldwin and Richard Moe for their 
help in accessing the Jepson Manual database. Peggy 


170 


Moore and Sylvia Haultain kindly shared species lists 
for Yosemite and Sequoia/Kings Canyon National 
Parks, respectively. This work is a contribution from 
the UCLA La Kretz Center for California Conserva- 
tion Science. 


LITERATURE CITED 


ASKER, S. E. AND L. JERLING. 1992. Apomixis in 
plants. CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL. 

BALDWIN, B. G., D. H. GOLDMAN, D. J. KEIL, R. 
PATTERSON, AND T. J. ROSATTI. 2012. The Jepson 
manual: vascular plants of California. 2nd ed. 
University of California Press, Berkeley, CA. 

BAYER, R. J. AND G. L. STEBBINS. 1987. Chromosome 
numbers, patterns of distribution, and apomixis in 
Antennaria (Asteraceae: Inuleae). Systematic Bota- 
ny 12:305-319. 

BELL, K. L. AND R. E. JOHNSON. 1980. Alpine flora of 
the Wassuk Range, Mineral County, Nevada. 
Madrono 27:25-35. 

BENEDICT, N. B. 1983. Plant associations of subalpine 
meadows, Sequoia National Park, California, 
USA. Arctic and Alpine Research 15:383—396. 

AND J. MAJor. 1982. A physiographic classi- 
fication of subalpine meadows of the Sierra 
Nevada, Califiornia. Madrono 29:1—12. 

BILLINGS, W. D. 1974. Adaptations and origins of 
alpine plants. Arctic and Alpine Research 
6:129-142. 

. 1978. Alpine phytogeography across the Great 

Basin. Great Basin Naturalist Memoirs 2:105—117. 

. 2000. Alpine vegetation. Pp. 536-572 in M. G. 
Barbour and W. D. Billings (eds.), North American 
terrestrial vegetation, 2nd ed. Cambridge University 
Press, Cambridge, UK. 

BURKE, M. T. 1982. The vegetation of the Rae Lakes 
Basin, southern Sierra Nevada. Madrono 29: 
164-179. 

CALLAWAY, R. M., R. W. BROOKER, P. CHOLER, Z. 
KIKVIDZE, C. J. LORTIE, R. MICHALET, L. 
PAOLINI, F. I. PUIGNAIRE, B. NEWINGHAM, E. T. 
ASCHEHOUG, C. ARMAS, V. D. KIKODZE, AND B. J. 
Cook. 2002. Positive interactions among alpine 
plants increase with stress. Nature 417:844-848. 

CHABOT, B. F. AND W. D. BILLINGS. 1972. Origins and 
ecology of the Sierran alpine flora and vegetation. 
Ecological Monographs 42:163—199. 

CHASE, V. C. AND P. H. RAVEN. 1975. Evolutionary 
and ecological relationships between Aquilegia 
formosa and A. pubescens (Ranunculaceae), two 
perennial plants. Evolution 29:474 486. 

COMES, P. H. AND J. W. KADEREIT. 1998. The effect of 
Quaternary climatic changes on plant distribution 
and evolution. Trends in Plant Science 3:432-438. 

CONSTANTINE-SHULL, H. M. 2000. Floristic affinities 
of the San Joaquin Roadless Area, Inyo National 
Forest, Mono County, California. M.S. Thesis, 
Humboldt State University, Arcata, CA. 

COVILLE, F. V. 1893. Botany of the Death Valley 
expedition. Contributions from the U.S. National 
Herbarium 4:1—363. 

DAUBENMIRE, R. F. 1938. Merriam’s life zones of 
North America. Quarterly Review of Biology 
13:327-332. 

Doses, C., T. F. SHARBEL, AND M. KOCH. 2007. 
Towards understanding the dynamics of hybrid- 
ization and apomixis in the evolution of the genus 


MADRONO 


[Vol. 58 


Boechera (Brassicaceae). Systematics and Biodiver- 
sity 5:321—331. 

FITES-KAUFMAN, J. A., P. W. RUNDEL, N. STEPHEN- 
SON, AND D. A. WEIXELMAN. 2007. Montane and 
subalpine vegetation of the Sierra Nevada and 
Cascade Ranges. Pp. 456-501 in M. Barbour, A. 
Schoenherr, and T. Keeler-Wolf (eds.), Terrestrial 
vegetation of California, 2nd ed. University of 
California Press, Berkeley, CA. 

GILLETT, G. W., J. T. HOWELL, AND H. LESCHKE. 
1995. A flora of Lassen Volcanic National Park, 
California. California Native Plant Society, Sacra- 
mento, CA. 

GRABHERR, G., M. GOTTFRIED, AND H. PAULI. 2010. 
Climate change impacts in alpine environments. 
Geography Compass 4:1133-—1153. 

GRAUMLICH, L., L. WAGGONER, AND A. BUNN. 2005. 
Detecting global change at alpine treeline: coupling 
paleoecology with contemporary studies. Advances 
in Global Change Research 23:501—508. 

GUGERLI, F. AND R. HOLDEREGGER. 2001. Nunatak 
survival, tabula rasa and the influence of the 
Pleistocene ice-ages on plant evolution in mountain 
areas. Trends in Plant Science 6:397—398. 

HALL, H. M. 1902. A botanical survey of San Jacinto 
Mountain. University of California Publications in 
Botany 1:1—140. 

AND J. GRINNELL. 1919. Life-zone indicators in 
California. Proceedings of the California Academy 
of Sciences 9:37—67. 

HALLINGER, M., M. MANTHEY, AND M. WILMKING. 
2010. Establishing a missing link: warm summers 
and winter snow cover promote shrub expansion 
into alpine tundra in Scandinavia. New Phytologist 
186:890—-899. 

HANES, T. L. 1976. Vegetation types of the San Gabriel 
Mountains. Pp. 65-76 in J. Latting (ed.), Plant 
communities of southern California. Symposium 
Proceedings Special Publication Number 2. Cali- 
fornia Native Plant Society, Sacramento, CA. 

HARSHBERGER, J. W. 1911. Phytogeographic survey of 
North America. Stechert and Co., New York, NY. 

HAYHOE, K., D. CAYAN, C. B. FIELD, AND 16 OTHERS. 
2004. Emissions pathways, climate change, and 
impacts on California. Proceedings of the National 
Academy of Science 101:12422—12427. 

HEWITT, G. M. 2000. The genetic legacy of the 
Quaternary ice ages. Nature 405:907—913. 

HICKMAN, J. (ed). 1993. The Jepson manual: higher 
plants of California. University of California Press, — 
Berkeley, CA. 

Horton, J. S. 1960. Vegetation types of the San 
Bernardino Mountains. USDA Forest Service, 
Pacific Southwest Forest and Range Experiment | 
Station, Technical Paper 44, Berkeley, CA. | 

HoOvANITzZ, W. 1940. Ecological color variation in a _ 
butterfly and the problem of “protective colora- 
tion’. Ecology 21:371—380. 

HowELL, J. T. 1944. Certain plants of the Marble 
Mountains in California with remarks on the 
boreal flora of the Klamath area. Wasmann 
Collector 6:13—19. | 

. 1951. The arctic-alpine flora of three peaks in © 
the Sierra Nevada. Leaflets of Western Botany 
6:141—S6. 

HUNTER, K. L. AND R. E. JOHNSON. 1983. Alpine flora | 
of the Sweetwater Mountains, Mono County, 
Nevada. Madrono 30:89—105. 


2011] 


JACKSON, J. L. 1985. Floristic analysis of the distribu- 
tion of ephemeral plants in treeline areas of the 
western USA. Arctic and Alpine Research 
17:251—260. 

AND L. C. BLISS. 1982. Distribution of 
ephemeral herbaceous plants near treeline in the 
Sierra Nevada, California, USA. Arctic and Alpine 
Research 14:33-44. 

JORDON-THADEN, I. AND M. KOCH. 2008. Species 
richness and polyploid patterns in the genus Draba 
(Brassicaceae): a first global perspective. Plant 
Ecology & Diversity 1:255—263. 

KIMBALL, S., P. WILSON, AND J. CROWTHER. 2004. 
Local ecology and geographic ranges of plants in 
the Bishop Creek watershed, Sierra Nevada, 
California. Journal of Biogeography 31:1637—1657. 

KLIKOFF, L. G. 1965. Microenvironmental influence 
on vegetational pattern near timberline in the cen- 
tral Sierra Nevada. Ecological Monographs 35: 
187-211. 

KORNER, C. 2003. Alpine plant life: functional plant 
ecology of high mountain ecosystems. Springer 
Verlag, Berlin, Germany. 

LLoypD, A. H. AND L. J. GRAUMLICH. 1997. Holocene 
dynamics of treeline forests in the Sierra Nevada. 
Ecology 78:1199—1210. 

LLoyD, R. M. AND R. S. MITCHELL. 1973. A flora of 
the White Mountains of California. University of 
California Press, Berkeley, CA. 

LoopE, L. L. 1969. Subalpine and alpine vegetation of 
northeastern Nevada. Ph.D. Dissertation. Duke 
University, Durham, NC. 

MAJOR, J. AND S. A. BAMBERG. 1967. Some cordilleran 
plants disjunct in the Sierra Nevada of California 
and their bearing on Pleistocene ecological condi- 
tions. Pp. 171-188 in H. E. Wright and W. H. 
Osburn (eds.), Arctic and alpine environments. 
Indiana University Press, Bloomington, IN. 

AND D. W. TAYLOR. 1977. Alpine. Pp. 601-675 
in M. G. Barbour and J. Major (eds.), Terrestrial 
vegetation of California. Wiley, New York, NY. 

MEYERS, P. A. 1978. A phytogeographic survey of the 
subalpine and alpine regions of southern Califor- 
nia. Ph.D. Dissertation. University of California, 
Santa Barbara, CA. 

Mooney, H. A. AND W. D. BILLINGS. 1960. The 
annual carbohydrate cycle of alpine plants as 
related to growth. American Journal of Botany 
47:594—-598. 

Moritz, C., J. L. PATTON, C. J. CONROY, J. L. PARRA, 
G. C. WHITE, AND S. R. BEISSINGER. 2008. Impact 
of a century of climate change on small-mammal 
communities in Yosemite National Park, USA. 
Science 322:261—264. 

Moore, P. E., A. E. L. COLWELL, AND D. GROSSEN- 
BACHER. 2007. Rare plant surveys in unusual 
habitats of Yosemite National Park, California. 
U.S. Geological Survey, Sacramento, CA.Website 
http://www.werc.usgs.gov/ProductDetails.aspx?ID = 
3632 [accessed 04 January 2012]. 

Munz, P. A. 1959. A California flora. University of 
California Press, Berkeley, CA. 

Nice, C. C. AND A. M. SHAPIRO. 2001. Patterns of 
morphological, biochemical, and molecular evolu- 
tion in the Oeneis chryxus complex (Lepidoptera: 
Satyridae): a test of historical biogeographical 
hypotheses. Molecular Phylogenetics and Evolu- 
tion 20:11—123. 


RUNDEL: SIERRA NEVADA ALPINE FLORA 171 


Noyes, R. D. 2007. Apomixis in the Asteraceae: 
diamonds in the rough. Functional Plant Science 
and Biotechnology 1:208—222. 

PACKER, J. G. 1974. Differentiation and dispersal in 
alpine floras. Arctic and Alpine Research 
6:117-128. 

PARISH, S. G. 1917. An enumeration of the pterido- 
phytes and spermatophytes of the San Bernardino 
Mountains, California. Plant World 20:163—178, 
208-223, 245-259. 

PEMBLE, R. H. 1970. Alpine vegetation in the Sierra 
Nevada of California as lithosequences and in 
relation to local site factors. Ph.D. Thesis. Univer- 
sity of California, Davis, CA. 

POLLACK, O. 1991. Morphology and dynamics inalpine 
populations of [vesia lycopodioides subsp. scandu- 
laris from the White Mountains of California. 
Pp. 97-116 in C. A. Hall, V. Doyle Jones, and 
B. Widawski (eds.), Natural history of eastern 
California and high-altitude research. White 
Mountains Research Station Symposium Vol. 3. 
White Mountain Research Station, University of 
California, Los Angeles, CA. 

PORTER, B. R. 1983. A flora of the Desolation 
Wilderness, El Dorado County, California. M.S. 
Thesis, Humboldt State University, Arcata, CA. 

RATLIFF, R. D. 1982. A meadow site classification for 
the Sierra Nevada, California. General Technical 
Report PSW-60. USDA Pacific Southwest Forest 
and Range Experiment Station, Berkeley, CA. 

RAUNKIAER, C. 1934. The life forms of plants and 
statistical plant geography. Clarendon Press, Ox- 
ford, UK. 

RAVEN, P. H. AND D. I. AXELROD. 1978. Origin and 
relationships of the California flora. University of 
California Publications in Botany 72:1—134. 

RUNDEL, P. W., A. C. GIBSON, AND M. R. SHARIFI. 
2005. Plant functional groups in alpine fellfield 
habitats of the White Mountains, California. 
Arctic, Antarctic and Alpine Research 37:358—36S. 


; , AND . 2008. The alpine flora of 
the White Mountain, California. Madrono 
55:204—217. 

SAGE, R. F. AND T. L. SAGE. 2002. Microsite 


characteristics of Muhlenbergia richardsonis (Trin.) 
Rydb., an alpine C4 grass from the White 
Mountains, California. Oecologia 132:501—508. 

SAWYER, J. O. AND T. KEELER-WOLF. 2007. Alpine 
vegetation. Pp. 539-573 in M. Barbour, A. 
Schoenherr, and T. Keeler-Wolf (eds.), Terrestrial 
vegetation of California, 2nd ed. University of 
California Press, Berkeley, CA. 

SCHAAK, C. G. 1983. The alpine vascular flora of 
Arizona. Madrono 30:79-88. 

SCHRANZ, M. E., C. DOBES, M. A. KOCH, AND T. 
MITCHELL-OLDs. 2005. Sexual reproduction, hy- 
bridization, apomixis and polyploidization in the 
genus Boechera (Brassicaceae). American Journal 
of Botany 92:1797—1810. 

ScoTT, R. W. 1995. The alpine flora of the Rocky 
Mountains: Vol. 1. The Middle Rockies. University 
of Utah Press, Salt Lake City, UT. 

SHAFER, S. L., P. J. BARTLEIN, AND R. S. THOMPSON. 
2001. Potential changes in the distributions of 
western North America tree and shrub taxa under 
future climate scenarios. Ecosystems 4:200—215. 

SHARSMITH, C. 1940. A contribution to the history of 
the alpine flora of the Sierra Nevada. Ph.D. 


172 MADRONO 


Dissertation, University of California, Berkeley, 
CA. 

SHEVOCK, J. R. 1996. Status of rare and endemic 
plants. Pp. 691-707 in Sierra Nevada ecosystem 
project: final report to Congress. Vol. II: assess- 
ments and scientific basis for management options. 
Wildland Resources Center Report No. 37. Centers 
for Water and Wildland Resources, University of 
California, Davis, CA.Website http://ceres.ca.gov/ 
snep/pubs/v2.html [accessed 04 January 2012]. 

SMILEY, F. J. 1915. The alpine and subalpine vegetation 
of the Lake Tahoe region. Botanical Gazette 
59:265—286. 

. 1921. A report upon the boreal flora of the 
Sierra Nevada of California. University of Califor- 
nia Publications in Botany 9:1—423. 

SOLTIS, D. E., V. A. ALBERT, J. LEEBENS-MACK, C. D. 
BELL, A. H. PATERSON, C. ZHENG, D. SANKOFF, 
C. W. DEPAMPHILIS, P. KERR WALL, AND P. S. 
SOLTIS. 2009. Polyploidy and angiosperm diversi- 
fication. American Journal of Botany 96:336—348. 

STEBBINS, G. L. 1982. Floristic affinities of the high 
Sierra Nevada. Madrono 29:189-99, 

AND J. MAJOR. 1965. Endemism and speciation 
in the California flora. Ecological Monographs 
35:1-35. 

STEPHENSON, N. L. 1998. Actual evapotranspiration 
and deficit: biologically meaningful correlates of 
vegetation distribution across spatial scales. Jour- 
nal of Biogeography 25:855—870. 

TABERLET, P., L. FUMAGALLI, A. G. WUST-SAUCY, 
AND J.-F. COSSONS. 1998. Comparative phyloge- 
ography and postglacial colonization routes in 
Europe. Molecular Ecology 7:453—464. 

TATUM, J. W. 1979. The vegetation and flora of 
Olancha Peak, southern Sierra Nevada, California. 


[Vol. 58 


M.S. Thesis. University of California, Santa 
Barbara, CA. 

TAYLOR, D. W. 1976a. Disjunction of Great Basin 
plants in the northern Sierra Nevada. Madrono 
29:301-310. 

. 1976b. Ecology of the timberline vegetation at 

Carson pass, Alpine County, California. Ph.D. 

Dissertation. University of California, Davis, CA. 

. 1977. Floristic relationships along the Cascade- 
Sierran axis. American Midland Naturalist 
97:333-349. 

TINGLEY, M. W., W. B. MONAHANC, S. R. BEISSIN- 
GERA, AND C. Moritz. 2009. Birds track their 
Grinnellian niche through a century of climate 
change. Proceedings of the National Academy of 
Science (USA) 106:19637—19643. 

URBAN, D. L., C. MILLER, P. N. HALPIN, AND N. L. 
STEPHENSON. 2000. Forest gradient response in 
Sierran landscapes: the physical template. Land- 
scape Ecology 15:603—620. 

VARGAS, P. 2003. Molecular evidence for multiple 
diversification patterns of alpine plants in Medi- 
terranean Europe. Taxon 52:463—476. 

WENT, F. W. 1948. Some parallels between desert and 
alpine floras in California. Madrono 9:241—249. 

. 1953. Annual plants at high altitudes in the 
Sierra Nevada, California. Madrono 12:109-114. 

WERNICKE, B., G. J. AXEN, AND J. K. SNOW. 1988. 
Basin and Range extensional tectonics at the 
latitude of Las Vegas, Nevada. Geological Society 
of America Bulletin 100:1738—1757. 

WOLFE, J. A., H. E. SCHORN, C. E. FOREST, AND P. 
MOLNAR. 1997. Paleobotanical evidence for high 
altitudes in Nevada during the Miocene. Science 
276:1672-1675. 


2011] RUNDEL: SIERRA NEVADA ALPINE FLORA 173 


APPENDIX 1. Annotated checklist of the alpine flora of the Sierra Nevada, including all taxa reaching an elevation 
of 3500 m. Lower and upper elevations limits are those for all of California and taken from Baldwin et al. (2012). 
Growth form abbreviations are: P = erect broad-leaved perennial; G = geophytes; P-G = graminoid perennial; 
P-MAT = mat or cushion; A = annual; Q = aquatic perennial; SS = subshrub; S = woody shrub; and T = tree. 
Biogeographic relationships are abbreviated as follows: WIDE = widespread taxa present in many habitats or 
regions across North America and/or throughout the world; CORD = cordilleran taxa widespread in mountain 
regions of the western North America; S-C = Sierra/Cascade taxa with a Pacific Northwest distribution; INT = 
intermountain taxa present in the Great Basin; END = taxa endemic to the Sierra Nevada; and END-CAL = taxa 
endemic to California, as broadly defined in the text. Species names follow Baldwin et al. (2012). 


Specific or Lower Upper Growth Biogeographic 
Higher level taxon infraspecific taxon elevation (m) elevation (m) form relationship 
PTERIDOPHYTA 
Ophioglossaceae Botrychium crenulatum 1500 3600 P CORD 
Ophioglossaceae  Botrychium lineare 2500 4000 P CORD 
Ophioglossaceae  Botrychium paradoxum 4000 4200 P CORD 
Ophioglossaceae  Botrychium simplex var. 1500 3800 Pp WIDE 
compositum 
Ophioglossaceae  Botrychium tunux 3600 3600 led WIDE 
Pteridaceae Pellaea breweri 1500 3700 P INT 
Selaginellaceae Selaginella watsonii 1350 4100 P INT 
Woodsiaceae Athyrium distentifolium var. 1700 3700 P WIDE 
americanum 
Woodsiaceae Cystopteris fragilis 50 4100 i CORD 
Woodsiaceae Woodsia scopulina 1300 3500 P WIDE 
CONIFERAE 
Pinaceae Pinus albicaulis 2135 3700 T CORD 
Pinaceae Pinus balfouriana var. 2700 3700 i END 
austrina 
Pinaceae Pinus contorta subsp. 1525 3500 fi S-C 
murrayana 
Pinaceae Pinus flexilis 2600 3700 T CORD 
Pinaceae Tsuga mertensiana 1200 3500 T S-C 
MONOCOTY LEDONAE 
Alliaceae Allium obtusum var. obtusum 1500 3500 G INT 
Cyperaceae Carex albonigra 3000 4200 P-G CORD 
Cyperaceae Carex breweri 2000 3900 P-G S-C 
Cyperaceae Carex capitata 1200 3900 P-G WIDE 
Cyperaceae Carex congdonii 2600 3900 P-G END 
Cyperaceae Carex deflexa var. boottii 0 3800 P-G CORD 
Cyperaceae Carex douglasii 300 3800 P-G CORD 
Cyperaceae Carex filifolia var. erostrata 1500 3700 P-G CORD 
Cyperaceae Carex haydeniana 2400 4200 P-G CORD 
Cyperaceae Carex helleri 2400 4100 P-G S-C 
Cyperaceae Carex heteroneura 1300 4000 P-G INT 
Cyperaceae Carex hoodii 650 3600 P-G CORD 
Cyperaceae Carex incurviformis 3700 4000 P-G CORD 
Cyperaceae Carex jonesii 900 3500 P-G CORD 
Cyperaceae Carex lenticularis var. 0 3600 P-G CORD 
lipocarpa 
Cyperaceae Carex leporinella 1900 4000 P-G CORD 
Cyperaceae Carex mariposana 750 3600 P-G END-CAL 
Cyperaceae Carex multicostata 1900 3500 P-G CORD 
Cyperaceae Carex nigricans 1900 3700 P-G CORD 
Cyperaceae Carex phaeocephala 2500 4000 P-G CORD 
Cyperaceae Carex praeceptorium 2200 3500 P-G CORD 
Cyperaceae Carex proposita 3000 4100 P-G S-C 
Cyperaceae Carex rossii 0 3800 P-G CORD 
Cyperaceae Carex scirpoidea var. 2800 3700 P-G CORD 
pseudoscirpoidea 
Cyperaceae Carex specifica 1200 3500 P-G INT 
Cyperaceae Carex spectabilis 1800 3700 P-G CORD 
Cyperaceae Carex straminiformis 1700 4100 P-G S-C 
Cyperaceae Carex subfusca 700 3800 P-G INT 
Cyperaceae Carex subnigricans 2600 3800 P-G CORD 
Cyperaceae Carex tahoensis 3200 3700 P-G CORD 


174 


Higher level taxon 


Cyperaceae 
Cyperaceae 
Cyperaceae 
Juncaceae 
Juncaceae 
Juncaceae 
Juncaceae 
Juncaceae 
Juncaceae 
Juncaceae 
Juncaceae 
Juncaceae 
Juncaceae 
Juncaginaceae 
Liliaceae 
Melanthiaceae 


Poaceae 
Poaceae 
Poaceae 
Poaceae 
Poaceae 
Poaceae 


Poaceae 
Poaceae 


Poaceae 
Poaceae 
Poaceae 
Poaceae 
Poaceae 
Poaceae 


Poaceae 


Poaceae 
Poaceae 
Poaceae 
Poaceae 


Poaceae 
Poaceae 


Poaceae 
Poaceae 
Poaceae 
Poaceae 


Poaceae 
Poaceae 


Poaceae 
Poaceae 
Poaceae 
Poaceae 
Poaceae 
Poaceae 
Poaceae 
Poaceae 
Poaceae 
Poaceae 


MADRONO 


APPENDIX |. _CONTINUED. 
Specific or Lower Upper 
infraspecific taxon elevation (m) elevation (m) 
Carex vernacula 1800 4000 
Eleocharis quinqueflora 40 3600 
Trichophorum clementis 2400 3600 
Juncus bryoides 600 3600 
Juncus drummondii 200 3500 
Juncus mertensianus 1200 3500 
Juncus mexicanus 0 3800 
Juncus orthophyllus 1200 3500 
Juncus parryi 2000 3800 
Luzula divaricata 2100 3700 
Luzula orestera 2700 3600 
Luzula spicata 2900 3700 
Luzula subcongesta 2000 3500 
Triglochin palustris 2400 3500 
Calochortus leichtlinii 1300 4000 
Veratrum californicum var. 0 3500 
californicum 
Agrostis idahoensis 0 3500 
Agrostis pallens 200 3500 
Agrostis scabra 100 3500 
Agrostis thurberiana 1300 3500 
Agrostis variabilis 1600 4000 
Alopecurus aequalis var 50 3500 
aequalis 
Bromus carinatus var. 0 3500 
carinatus 
Bromus carinatus var. 0 3500 
marginatus 
Bromus orcuttianus 560 3500 
Bromus porteri 550 3500 
Bromus richardsonii 1200 3600 
Calamagrostis muiriana 2480 3900 
Calamagrostis purpurascens 1300 4000 
Deschampsia cespitosa 0 3820 
subsp. cespitosa 
Elymus elymoides subsp. 295 4200 
californicus 
Elymus multisetus 0 3800 
Elymus scribneri 2900 4200 
Elymus sierrae 1800 3530 
Festuca brachyphylla subsp. 2800 4300 
breviculmis 
Festuca minutiflora 2850 4050 
Hordeum jubatum var. 20 3500 
jubatum 
Koeleria macrantha 0 3840 
Muhlenbergia richardsonis 1220 3670 
Phleum alpinum 0 3700 
Poa abbreviata subsp. 3300 3660 
pattersonit 
Poa cusickii subsp. epilis 2400 3600 
Poa cusickii subsp. 2100 3500 
purpurascens 
Poa glauca subsp. rupicola 3300 4100 
Poa keckii 3300 4340 
Poa lettermanii 3500 4300 
Poa secunda subsp. secunda 0 3900 
Poa stebbinsii 2700 3700 
Poa wheeleri 1300 3800 
Stipa hymenoides 60 3500 
Stipa kingii 2000 3650 
Stipa nelsonii subsp. dorei 450 3500 
Stipa occidentalis subsp. 1200 3500 


pubescens 


Growth 
form 


P-G 


ror rg Rg tg ig bg hg by 
QAAAAAAAADADAOD 


an) 


ac lacldeclixcMaciacline| inc). \a-Sa°imia-|ta- MMM sc]ga°)iin-iin> MMMa-e>/ai tae) xc) og gela- ac) x-/bn-/ae) o7[la-]s Mela~ | lange ae) ec aclac exc > 
QQOQQQQQHQ0Q QAO AQAOQ AM AANAM ©Q AMAH0OO0H 0A 0 AHAMO0O0 


[Vol. 58 


Biogeographic 
relationship 


CORD 
WIDE 
END 
CORD 
CORD 
CORD 
WIDE 
CORD 
CORD 
S-C 
END 
WIDE 
S-C 
WIDE 
S-C 
CORD 


CORD 
CORD 
WIDE 
CORD 
CORD 
WIDE 


S-C 


S-C 


S-C 
CORD 
CORD 
END 
WIDE 
WIDE 


CORD 


CORD 
CORD 
INT 

WIDE 


CORD 
WIDE 


WIDE 
CORD 
WIDE 
CORD 


CORD 
S-C 


CORD 


END-CAL 


CORD 
CORD 
END 

CORD 
CORD 
END 

CORD 
CORD 


2011] 


Higher level taxon 


Poaceae 
Poaceae 
Poaceae 
Poaceae 


Poaceae 


Themidaceae 
EUDICOTS 


Adoxaceae 


Apiaceae 
Apiaceae 
Apiaceae 
Apiaceae 
Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 


Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 


Asteraceae 


Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 


Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 


Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 


Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 


RUNDEL: SIERRA NEVADA ALPINE FLORA 


APPENDIX 1. 


Specific or 
infraspecific taxon 


Stipa pinetorum 

Stipa webberi 

Torreyochloa erecta 

Torreyochloa pallida var. 
pauciflora 

Trisetum spicatum 

Triteleia dudleyi 


Sambucus racemosa vat. 
melanocarpa 

Cymopterus cinerarius 

Oreonana clementis 

Podistera nevadensis 

Sphenosciadium capitellatum 

Achillea millefolium 

Ageratina occidentalis 

Agoseris aurantiaca var. 
aurantiaca 

Agoseris monticola 

Antennaria media 

Antennaria pulchella 

Antennaria rosea subsp. 
confinis 

Antennaria rosea subsp. 
rosea 

Antennaria umbrinella 

Arnica chamissonis 

Arnica lanceolata subsp. 
prima 

Arnica longifolia 

Arnica mollis 

Arnica ovata 

Artemisia arbuscula subsp. 
arbuscula 

Artemisia ludoviciana subsp. 
incompta 

Artemisia norvegica subsp. 
saxatilis 

Artemisia spiciformis 

Chaenactis alpigena 

Chaenactis douglasii var. 
douglasii 

Chrysothamnus viscidiflorus 
var. viscidiflorus 

Cirsium arizonicum var. 
arizonicum 

Cirsium occidentale var. 
venustum 

Cirsium scariosum var. 
americanum 

Crepis nana 

Ericameria bloomeri 

Ericameria discoidea 

Ericameria nauseosa var. 
Speciosa 

Ericameria parryi var. 
monocephala 

Ericameria suffruticosa 

Erigeron algidus 

Erigeron compositus 

Erigeron lonchophyllus 

Erigeron pygmaeus 

Erigeron vagus 


Lower 
elevation (m) 


2000 
1450 
2000 

0 


1370 
1200 


1800 


2100 
1500 
3000 


CONTINUED. 


Upper 
elevation (m) 
3900 
3500 
3500 
3500 


3900 
3500 


3600 


3500 
4000 
4000 
3500 
3650 
3700 
3500 


3800 
3900 
3700 
3700 


3700 


3900 
3500 
3500 


3500 
3500 
3600 
3800 


3500 
3800 
3700 
3900 
3500 
4000 
3500 
3600 
3500 
4000 
4000 
3800 
3500 
3700 
3800 
3700 
4300 
3550 


4100 
4400 


Growth 
form 


PPP 


@uaane 


eo 
26 


N 


wy Oy oC oy 


uv 
> > 
HH 


175 


Biogeographic 


relationship 
INT 

INT 

INT 
CORD 


WIDE 
END-CAL 


CORD 


INT 
END 
INT 
CORD 
WIDE 
CORD 
CORD 


S-C 
CORD 
INT 
WIDE 


CORD 


WIDE 
WIDE 
CORD 


CORD 
CORD 
CORD 
CORD 


INT 
WIDE 
CORD 
END-CAL 
CORD 
INT 
INT 
INT 
CORD 
CORD 
INT 
INT 
INT 
INT 
INT 
INT 
WIDE 
WIDE 


S-C 
INT 


176 


Higher level taxon 


Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 


Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 


Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 


Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 


Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 


Asteraceae 


Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 
Asteraceae 
Boraginaceae 


Boraginaceae 


Boraginaceae 
Boraginaceae 
Boraginaceae 
Boraginaceae 
Boraginaceae 
Boraginaceae 
Boraginaceae 


Boraginaceae 
Boraginaceae 
Brassicaceae 
Brassicaceae 
Brassicaceae 
Brassicaceae 
Brassicaceae 
Brassicaceae 
Brassicaceae 
Brassicaceae 
Brassicaceae 
Brassicaceae 
Brassicaceae 
Brassicaceae 
Brassicaceae 
Brassicaceae 
Brassicaceae 
Brassicaceae 
Brassicaceae 
Brassicaceae 
Brassicaceae 


APPENDIX |. 


Specific or 
infraspecific taxon 
Eriophyllum lanatum var. 
integrifolium 
Hazardia whitneyi var. 
whitneyi 
Hieracium nudicaule 
Hieracium triste 
Hulsea algida 
Hulsea vestita subsp. 
pygmaea 
Hymenoxys hoopesii 
Oreostemma alpigenum var. 
andersonii 
Oreostemma peirsonii 
Orochaenactis 
thysanocarpha 
Packera cana 
Packera werneriifolia 
Pyrrocoma apargioides 
Raillardella argentea 
Raillardella scaposa 
Senecio fremontii var. 
occidentalis 
Senecio integerrimus var. 
major 
Senecio pattersonensis 
Senecio scorzonella 
Senecio spartioides 
Solidago multiradiata 
Sphaeromeria cana 
Stenotis acaulis 
Tonestus peirsonii 


Cryptantha circumscissa vat. 


CIFCUMSCISSA 


Cryptantha circumscissa vat. 


rosulata 
Cryptantha glomeriflora 
Cryptantha humilis 
Cryptantha nubigena 
Hackelia micrantha 
Hackelia sharsmithii 
Nama densum 
Phacelia hastata subsp. 

compacta 
Phacelia mutabilis 
Phacelia ramosissima 
Anelsonia eurycarpa 
Boechera depauperata 
Boechera howellii 
Boechera inyoensis 
Boechera covillei 
Boechera inyoensis 
Boechera lemmonii 
Boechera lyallii 
Boechera paupercula 
Boechera repanda 
Boechera tiehmii 
Cardamine cordifolia 
Descurainia incana 
Draba albertina 
Draba breweri 
Draba cana 
Draba cruciata 
Draba densifolia 
Draba lemmonii 


MADRONO 


CONTINUED. 
Lower Upper 
elevation (m) elevation (m) 
1400 3500 
1200 3500 
1800 3500 
1650 3550 
3000 4000 
3200 3900 
1500 3650 
1200 3500 
3000 3800 
1600 3800 
1200 3500 
3000 3650 
2200 3800 
1800 3900 
2000 3500 
2800 4000 
100 3600 
3000 3700 
1600 3500 
1000 3500 
1250 3950 
1800 4000 
1800 3600 
2900 3700 
150 3650 
2950 3650 
1800 3750 
1700 3600 
2400 3900 
1200 3500 
3150 3700 
880 3560 
1500 4000 
900 3500 

0 3800 
1600 4100 
3650 3900 
1500 3800 
1200 3500 
2200 3500 
1200 3500 
2000 4350 
2000 3900 
2500 3700 
1400 3600 
3000 3600 

600 3600 
100 3500 
900 3700 
3100 4100 

0 4100 
2500 3963 
1900 3650 
3050 4000 


Growth 
form 


iy 


eee Aan Dae lla 


> 
= 


- 


TUVUU DUE UU US UT >>Duv~TU> D> Sve AvA vy 4 
a 


ti 
> 


v 
yuu 


> 
= 


[Vol. 58 


Biogeographic 
relationship 
CORD 


END 


2011] RUNDEL: SIERRA NEVADA ALPINE FLORA Li? 
APPENDIX |. CONTINUED. 
Specific or Lower Upper Growth Biogeographic 
Higher level taxon infraspecific taxon elevation (m) — elevation (m) form relationship 
Brassicaceae Draba lonchocarpa 2800 4000 P WIDE 
Brassicaceae Draba longisquamosa 3000 3900 P END 
Brassicaceae Draba novolympica 1500 3700 P-MAT CORD 
Brassicaceae Draba oligosperma 2000 3900 P-MAT CORD 
Brassicaceae Draba praealta 2500 4100 P WIDE 
Brassicaceae Draba sharsmithii 3300 3800 P END 
Brassicaceae Draba sierrae 3500 4114 P-MAT END 
Brassicaceae Draba subumbellata 3300 4100 P-MAT END-CAL 
Brassicaceae Erysimum capitatum var. 0 4000 P WIDE 
capitatum 
Brassicaceae Erysimum perenne 2000 4000 P S-C 
Brassicaceae Lepidium densiflorum 0 3500 Pp-A WIDE 
Brassicaceae Rorippa curvipes 100 3500 P-A CORD 
Brassicaceae Rorippa curvisiliqua 0 3500 A CORD 
Brassicaceae Streptanthus gracilis 2600 3600 A END 
Brassicaceae Streptanthus tortuosus 200 4100 P S-C 
Caryophyllaceae Cerastium beeringianum 2900 4300 P-MAT WIDE 
Caryophyllaceae Ereomogone kingii var. 2100 4050 P-MAT S-C 
glabrescens 
Caryophyllaceae  Minuartia nuttallii var. 2600 3800 P-MAT S-C 
gracilis 
Caryophyllaceae Minuartia obtusiloba 3150 3700 P-MAT CORD 
Caryophyllaceae Minuartia rubella 2400 3800 P CORD 
Caryophyllaceae Minuartia stricta 3500 3900 Pp CORD 
Caryophyllaceae Sagina saginoides 1000 3800 P WIDE 
Caryophyllaceae Silene bernardina 1350 3600 P CORD 
Caryophyllaceae Silene sargentii 2400 3800 Pp S-C 
Caryophyllaceae  Stellaria calycantha 1700 3800 Pp WIDE 
Chenopodiaceae Chenopodium atrovirens 300 3500 A CORD 
Chenopodiaceae Monolepis nuttalliana 0 3700 A CORD 
Crassulaceae Rhodiola integrifolia 1800 4000 Pr WIDE 
Crassulaceae Sedum obtusatum subsp. 1200 3700 P S-C 
obtusatum 
Ericaceae Cassiope mertensiana 1800 3505 S CORD 
Ericaceae Gaultheria humifusa 1350 4000 S CORD 
Ericaceae Kalmia polifolia subsp. 1000 3500 S CORD 
microphylla 
Ericaceae Phyllodoce breweri 1200 3500 S END-CAL 
Ericaceae Pterospora andromedea 60 3700 P WIDE 
Ericaceae Rhododendron columbianum 0 3630 S CORD 
Fabaceae Astragalus kentrophyta var. 2900 4000 P-MAT END-CAL 
danaus 
Fabaceae Astragalus kentrophyta var. 2700 3600 Er CORD 
tegetarius 
Fabaceae Astragalus lentiginosus var. 1250 3700 P INT 
ineptus 
Fabaceae Astragalus platytropus 2350 3500 P INT 
Fabaceae Astragalus purshii var. 1500 3650 P INT 
lectulus 
Fabaceae Astragalus whitneyi var. 1550 3500 P S-C 
whitneyi 
Fabaceae Lupinus adsurgens 1000 3500 P S-C 
Fabaceae Lupinus angustiflorus 1000 3500 P INT 
Fabaceae Lupinus argenteus var. 1500 3500 P INT 
meionanthus 
Fabaceae Lupinus argenteus var. 2500 3500 P INT 
montigenus 
Fabaceae Lupinus breweri var. breweri 1000 4000 P-MAT END-CAL 
Fabaceae Lupinus breweri var. 2500 4000 P-MAT END-CAL 
bryoides 
Fabaceae Lupinus breweri var. 2000 3500 P-MAT INT 
grandiflorus 
Fabaceae Lupinus covillei 2500 3500 P END 
Fabaceae Lupinus gracilentus 2500 3500 P END 


178 MADRONO [Vol. 58 
APPENDIX |. CONTINUED. 
Specific or Lower Upper Growth Biogeographic 

Higher level taxon infraspecific taxon elevation (m) elevation (m) form relationship 

Fabaceae Lupinus latifolius var. 1000 3500 iP S-C 
columbianus 

Fabaceae Lupinus latifolius var. 0 3500 ig END-CAL 
parishii 

Fabaceae Lupinus lepidus var. lobbii 2000 3500 P S-C 

Fabaceae Lupinus lepidus var. ramosus 3000 4000 P END-CAL 

Fabaceae Lupinus obtusilobus 2500 3500 P S-C 

Fabaceae Lupinus padre-crowleyi 2500 4000 P-MAT END-CAL 

Fabaceae Lupinus pratensis var. 1000 3500 P END-CAL 
pratensis 

Fabaceae Oxytropis borealis var. 3300 3900 P INT 
australis 

Fabaceae Oxytropis borealis var. 3300 3900 P CORD 
viscida 

Fabaceae Oxytropis parryi 3100 3800 P-MAT INT 

Fabaceae Trifolium kingii subsp. 2100 3500 P END 
dedeckerae 

Fabaceae Trifolium monanthum subsp. 1700 3900 P-MAT INT 
monanthum 

Gentianaceae Comastoma tenellum 3200 3900 A WIDE 

Gentianaceae Gentiana calycosa 1300 3900 P CORD 

Gentianaceae Gentiana newberryi var. 1500 4000 P. S-C 
tiogana 

Gentianaceae Gentianella amarella subsp. 1500 3500 A WIDE 
acuta 

Gentianaceae Gentianopsis holopetala 1800 4000 A S-C 

Grossulariaceae  Ribes cereum var. inebrians 2100 3850 S INT 

Grossulariaceae Ribes montigenum 800 4000 S CORD 

Grossulariaceae  Ribes velutinum 700 3500 S CORD 

Hydrangeaceae Jamesia americana 2070 3700 S INT 

Lamiaceae Monardella beneolens 2500 3600 SS END 

Lamiaceae Monardella linoides subsp. 1000 3500 SS INT 
sierrae 

Lamiaceae Monardella odoratissima 1000 3500 SS INT 
subsp. glauca 

Linaceae Linum lewisii 400 3657 P INT 

Montiaceae Calyptridium monospermum 300 3970 P INT 

Montiaceae Calyptridium roseum 1500 3800 A CORD 

Montiaceae Calyptridium umbellatum 240 4300 Pp CORD 

Montiaceae Claytonia nevadensis 2200 3500 P S-C 

Montiaceae Lewisia disepala 1300 3500 P END 

Montiaceae Lewisia glandulosa 3000 4000 P END-CAL 

Montiaceae Lewisia nevadensis 609 3596 P S-C 

Montiaceae Lewisia pygmaea 1700 4020 P CORD 

Montiaceae Lewisia triphylla 1300 3500 P CORD 

Montiaceae Montia chamissoi 1100 3700 P S-C 

Onagraceae Epilobium anagallidifolium 1500 4500 Pp WIDE 

Onagraceae Epilobium ciliatum subsp. 0 4000 P CORD 
ciliatum 

Onagraceae Epilobium ciliatum subsp. 0 3500 P WIDE 
glandulosum 

Onagraceae Epilobium clavatum 1200 4200 P CORD 

Onagraceae Epilobium glaberrimum 1200 3800 P CORD 
subsp. fastigiatum 

Onagraceae Epilobium hallianum 100 3700 P CORD 

Onagraceae Epilobium hornemannii 1200 3900 P WIDE 
subsp. hornemannii 

Onagraceae Epilobium obcordatum 1700 4000 P S-C 

Onagraceae Epilobium oregonense 1200 3500 P CORD 

Onagraceae Epilobium saximontanum 1400 3500 P CORD 

Onagraceae Gayophytum decipiens 1800 4200 A INT 

Onagraceae Gayophytum diffusum subsp. 800 3700 A S-C 


diffusum 


2011] 


Higher level taxon 


Onagraceae 


Onagraceae 
Onagraceae 
Orobanchaceae 


Orobanchaceae 


Orobanchaceae 
Orobanchaceae 


Orobanchaceae 
Orobanchaceae 
Orobanchaceae 
Orobanchaceae 
Parnassiaceae 
Phrymaceae 
Plantaginaceae 
Plantaginaceae 
Plantaginaceae 
Plantaginaceae 
Plantaginaceae 


Plantaginaceae 
Plantaginaceae 


Plantaginaceae 
Plantaginaceae 
Plantaginaceae 


Plantaginaceae 
Plantaginaceae 
Polemoniaceae 
Polemoniaceae 
Polemoniaceae 


Polemoniaceae 
Polemoniaceae 
Polemoniaceae 
Polemoniaceae 
Polemoniaceae 
Polemoniaceae 
Polemoniaceae 
Polemoniaceae 


Polygonaceae 
Polygonaceae 
Polygonaceae 
Polygonaceae 
Polygonaceae 


Polygonaceae 


Polygonaceae 
Polygonaceae 


Polygonaceae 
Polygonaceae 


Polygonaceae 


RUNDEL: SIERRA NEVADA ALPINE FLORA 


APPENDIX 1. CONTINUED. 
Specific or Lower Upper 
infraspecific taxon elevation (m) elevation (m) 

Gayophytum diffusum subsp. 800 3700 
parviflorum 

Gayophytum racemosum 1000 4000 

Gayophytum ramosissimum 500 3500 

Castilleja applegatei subsp. 1900 3600 
pallida 

Castilleja applegatei subsp. 300 3600 
pinetorum 

Castilleja lemmonii 1550 3700 

Castilleja miniata subsp. 1500 3500 
miniata 

Castilleja nana 2400 4200 

Pedicularis attollens 1200 4000 

Pedicularis groenlandica 1000 3600 

Pedicularis semibarbata 1500 3500 

Parnassia palustris 0 3600 

Mimulus suksdorfii 1100 4000 

Callitriche palustris 0 4000 

Collinsia parviflora 800 3500 

Collinsia torreyi var. wrightii 800 4000 

Penstemon davidsonii 2000 3750 

Penstemon heterodoxus var. 2700 3900 
heterodoxus 

Penstemon newberryi var. 1000 3700 
newberryi 

Penstemon procerus var. 2100 3600 
formosus 

Penstemon roezlii 300 3500 

Penstemon rostriflorus 500 3500 

Penstemon rydbergii var. 1000 3600 
oreocharis 

Penstemon speciosus 850 3800 

Veronica wormskjoldii 1500 3500 

Collomia linearis 600 3650 

Gymnosteris parvula 2400 3700 

Ipomopsis congesta subsp. 1500 3700 
montana 

Leptosiphon oblanceolatus 2800 3700 

Linanthus pungens 1700 4000 

Phlox condensata 2000 4000 

Phlox diffusa 1100 3600 

Phlox dispersa 3600 4200 

Phlox pulvinata 3300 4300 

Polemonium eximium 3000 4200 

Polemonium pulcherrimum 2400 3700 
var. pulcherrimum 

Eriogonum gracilipes 2900 3900 

Eriogonum incanum 2100 4000 

Eriogonum lobbii 1600 3800 

Eriogonum nudum var. 2800 3800 
scapigerum 

Eriogonum ovalifolium var. 3000 3600 
caelestinum 

Eriogonum ovalifolium var. 1700 4200 
nivale 

Eriogonum polypodum 2800 3500 

Eriogonum rosense var. 2300 4000 
rosense 

Eriogonum spergulinum var. 1300 3500 
pratense 

Eriogonum umbellatum var. 3000 3600 
covillei 

Eriogonum wrightii var. 3500 3600 


olanchense 


Growth 
form 


A 


tT > > 


>PrOruwu yw ys UT CU 


P-MAT 
P-MAT 


P-MAT 


P-MAT 


~ 
Su> Uppy VAL 
- 


179 


Biogeographic 
relationship 
INT 


CORD 
INT 
INT 


INT 


S-C 
INT 


END-CAL 
S-C 
S-C 
S-C 
WIDE 
INT 
WIDE 
WIDE 
INT 
INT 
S-C 


INT 
INT 


INT 
INT 
INT 


INT 
WIDE 
WIDE 
CORD 
S-C 


END 
CORD 
CORD 
CORD 
END 
CORD 
END 
S-C 


END-CAL 
INT 

S-C 

END 
END 

INT 


END 
INT 


END 
END-CAL 


END 


180 MADRONO [Vol. 58 
APPENDIX |. CONTINUED. 
Specific or Lower Upper Growth Biogeographic 

Higher level taxon infraspecific taxon elevation (m) elevation (m) form relationship 

Polygonaceae Oxyria digyna 1800 4000 P WIDE 

Polygonaceae Rumex californicus 0 3500 P CORD 

Polygonaceae Rumex paucifolius 1500 4000 P S-C 

Polygonaceae Rumex salicifolius 0 3500 P INT 

Polygonaceae Rumex utahensis 1000 3500 P CORD 

Primulaceae Androsace septentrionalis 2700 3600 P-A WIDE 

Primulaceae Dodecatheon redolens 2400 3600 P INT 

Primulaceae Dodecatheon subalpinum 2100 4000 P END 

Primulaceae Primula suffrutescens 2000 4200 P END-CAL 

Pteridaceae Pellaea breweri 1500 3700 P INT 

Ranunculaceae Aconitum columbianum 300 3500 | CORD 
subsp. columbianum 

Ranunculaceae Aquilegia pubescens 2600 3650 P END 

Ranunculaceae Delphinium polycladon 2200 3600 P END-CAL 

Ranunculaceae Ranunculus alismifolius var. 1400 3600 P S-C 
alismellus 

Ranunculaceae Ranunculus eschscholtzii var. 2200 3600 P S-C 
eschscholtzii 

Ranunculaceae Ranunculus eschscholtzii var. 2700 4300 P END-CAL 
oxynotus 

Ranunculaceae Ranunculus glaberrimus 1200 3600 P CORD 

Ranunculaceae Thalictrum alpinum 2900 3700 P WIDE 

Ranunculaceae Thalictrum sparsiflorum 1400 3500 P CORD 

Rosaceae Dasiphora fruticosa 2000 3600 S WIDE 

Rosaceae Drymocaulis lactea var. 1800 3700 P INT 
lactea 

Rosaceae Drymocaulis pseudorupestris 3200 3900 P CORD 
var. crumiana 

Rosaceae Drymocaulis pseudorupestris 2300 3500 leg CORD 
var. saxicola 

Rosaceae Holodiscus discolor var. 1159 4000 S CORD 
microphyllus 

Rosaceae Ivesia gordonii var. 1800 3500 P INT 
ursinorum 

Rosaceae Ivesia lycopodioides subsp. 3000 4000 P END-CAL 
lycopodioides 

Rosaceae Ivesia lycopodioides subsp. 3000 4115 P END-CAL 
scandularis 

Rosaceae Ivesia muirii 2900 4000 P END 

Rosaceae Ivesia pygmaea 2700 4000 P END 

Rosaceae Ivesia santolinoides 1500 3600 P END-CAL 

Rosaceae Ivesia shockleyi 2700 4000 P-MAT INT 

Rosaceae Potentilla breweri 1500 3700 P S-C 

Rosaceae Potentilla flabellifolia 1700 3700 P S-C 

Rosaceae Potentilla bruceae 1200 3700 P INT 

Rosaceae Potentilla glaucophylla var. 2600 3500 P WIDE 
glaucopylla 

Rosaceae Potentilla gracilis var. 800 3500 P INT 
fastigiata 

Rosaceae Potentilla jepsonii 2700 3800 P INT 

Rosaceae Potentilla pensylvanica 2700 3800 P WIDE 

Rosaceae Potentilla pseudosericea 3200 4300 P END-CAL 

Rosaceae Potentilla wheeleri 1800 3500 P END-CAL 

Rosaceae Sibbaldia procumbens 1820 3700 | a WIDE 

Rosaceae Sorbus californica 1200 4300 S INT 

Rubiaceae Galium bifolium 1500 3700 A CORD 

Rubiaceae Galium grayanum var. 1830 3500 P S-C 
grayanum 

Rubiaceae Galium hypotrichium subsp. 3000 4200 P END-CAL 
hypotrichium 

Rubiaceae Galium hypotrichium subsp. 2650 3880 P END 
subalpinum 

Salicaceae Salix brachycarpa var. 3200 3500 S CORD 


brachycarpa 


2011] RUNDEL: SIERRA NEVADA ALPINE FLORA 18] 


APPENDIX |. CONTINUED. 


Specific or Lower Upper Growth Biogeographic 
Higher level taxon infraspecific taxon elevation (m) elevation (m) form relationship 
Salicaceae Salix eastwoodiae 1600 3800 S CORD 
Salicaceae Salix geyeriana 1450 3600 S CORD 
Salicaceae Salix lemmonii 1400 3500 S CORD 
Salicaceae Salix nivalis 3100 3500 S CORD 
Salicaceae Salix orestera 1100 4000 S S-C 
Salicaceae Salix petrophila 1670 4000 S CORD 
Salicaceae Salix planifolia 2500 4000 S WIDE 
Saxifragaceae Heuchera rubescens 1000 4000 P CORD 
Saxifragaceae Lithophragma glabrum 0 3750 P CORD 
Saxifragaceae Micranthes aprica 1600 3600 P CORD 
Saxifragaceae Micranthes bryophora 1600 3500 P CORD 
Saxifragaceae Micranthes nidifica 1000 3500 lg CORD 
Saxifragaceae Micranthes tolmiei 1980 3596 eg CORD 
Saxifragaceae Pectiantia breweri 1500 3500 P S-C 
Saxifragaceae Saxifraga hyperborea 3000 4500 P WIDE 
Valerianaceae Valeriana californica 1500 3700 P INT 
Violaceae Viola adunca 0 3570 P WIDE 
Violaceae Viola bakeri 900 3800 P INT 
Violaceae Viola macloskeyi 609 3600 P WIDE 
Violaceae Viola pinetorum subsp. 1981 3700 P END-CAL 
grisea 
Violaceae Viola purpurea subsp. 1400 3598 le END-CAL 


mesophyta 


APPENDIX 2. Annotated checklist of the flora of the Sierra Nevada with an upper elevational limit of 3300— 
3499 m. Abbreviations as in Appendix 1. Species names follow Baldwin et al. (2012). 


Higher level Specific or Lower Upper Growth Biogeographic 
taxon infraspecific taxon elevation (m) elevation (m) form relationship 

PTERIDOPHYTA 
Aspleniaceae Asplenium septentrionale 2500 3350 P WIDE 
Ophioglossaceae  Botrychium lunaria 2300 3400 Pp WIDE 
Pteridaceae Adiantum aleuticum 0 3400 | WIDE 
Pteridaceae Aspidotis densa 100 3400 Pp CORD 
Pteridaceae Cryptogramma acrostichoides 1400 3400 P INT 
CONIFERAE 
Pinaceae Pinus monticola 150 3400 T S-C 
MONOCOTS 
Alliaceae Allium validum 1200 3400 G CORD 
Cyperaceae Carex abrupta 1200 3450 P-G S-C 
Cyperaceae Carex aurea 1100 3300 P-G WIDE 
Cyperaceae Carex buxbaumii 0 3300 P-G WIDE 
Cyperaceae Carex davyi 1400 3300 P-G S-C 
Cyperaceae Carex disperma 1100 3400 P-G WIDE 
Cyperaceae Carex fissuricola 1500 3300 P-G CORD 
Cyperaceae Carex fracta 250 3300 P-G S-C 
Cyperaceae Carex illota 2100 3400 P-G CORD 
Cyperaceae Carex integra 800 3400 P-G S-C 
Cyperaceae Carex microptera 1500 3400 P-G CORD 
Cyperaceae Carex pellita 60 3300 P-G WIDE 
Cyperaceae Carex petasata 600 3400 P-G CORD 
Cyperaceae Carex preslii 1800 3400 P-G CORD 
Cyperaceae Carex simulata 0 3300 P-G CORD 
Cyperaceae Carex tiogana 3100 3350 P-G S-C 
Cyperaceae Carex utriculata 0 3400 P-G WIDE 
Cyperaceae Carex vesicaria 0 3300 P-G WIDE 
Cyperaceae Carex whitneyi 1200 3400 P-G S-C 


182 MADRONO [Vol. 58 


APPENDIX 2. CONTINUED. 


Higher level Specific or Lower Upper Growth Biogeographic 
taxon infraspecific taxon elevation (m) elevation (m) form relationship 
Cyperaceae Eleocharis acicularis var. acicularis 0 3300 P-G WIDE 
Cyperaceae Eleocharis acicularis var. gracilescens 0 3300 P-G WIDE 
Cyperaceae Eleocharis suksdorfiana 0 3400 P-G CORD 
Cyperaceae Eriophorum criniger 2000 3350 P-G S-C 
Iridaceae Tris missouriensis 900 3400 G CORD 
Juncaceae Juncus hemiendytus var. abjectus 1400 3400 P-G INT 
Juncaceae Juncus nevadensis subsp. nevadensis 1200 3300 P-G CORD 
Juncaceae Luzula parviflora var. parviflora 1000 3300 P-G WIDE 
Liliaceae Lilium kelleyanum 2200 3300 G END 
Orchidaceae Platanthera dilatata var. leucostachys 0 3400 G CORD 
Orchidaceae Platanthera sparsiflora 100 3400 G CORD 
Orchidaceae Spiranthes romanzoffiana 0 3300 P WIDE 
Poaceae Agrostis humilis 1500 3350 P-G CORD 
Poaceae Bromus suksdorfii 1250 3300 P-G S-C 
Poaceae Calamagrostis canadensis var. 1500 3400 P-G WIDE 
canadensis 
Poaceae Calamagrostis canadensis vat. 1500 3400 P-G WIDE 
langsdorfii 
Poaceae Calamagrostis stricta subsp. inexpansa 0 3400 P-G WIDE 
Poaceae Calamagrostis stricta subsp. stricta 1500 3350 P-G WIDE 
Poaceae Danthonia intermedia var. intermedia 1460 3450 P-G WIDE 
Poaceae Elymus trachycaulus subsp. 0 3400 P-G WIDE 
trachycaulus 
Poaceae Hordeum brachyantherum subsp. 0 3400 P-G CORD 
brachyantherum 
Poaceae Hordeum brachyantherum subsp. 0 3400 P-G END-CAL 
californicum 
Poaceae Melica bulbosa 0 3400 P-G CORD 
Poaceae Melica stricta 1200 3350 P-G INT 
Poaceae Muhlenbergia filiformis 150 3350 A CORD 
Poaceae Muhlenbergia montana 1640 3420 P-G WIDE 
Poaceae Stipa nevadensis 1000 3450 P-G CORD 
Poaceae Stipa occidentalis subsp. californica 150 3450 P-G CORD 
Poaceae Stipa occidentalis subsp. occidentalis 1200 3450 P-G CORD 
Poaceae Trisetum wolfii 1740 3300 P-G CORD 
EUDICOTS 
Apiaceae Angelica lineariloba 1700 3300 P END-CAL 
Apiaceae Ligusticum grayi 1000 3300 P CORD 
Apiaceae Lomatium torreyi 1100 3300 P END 
Apiaceae Perideridia parishii subsp. latifolia 2000 3400 P S-C 
Asteraceae Agoseris parviflora 1400 3400 P CORD 
Asteraceae Artemisia cana subsp. bolanderi 1200 3300 S S-C 
Asteraceae Artemisia dracunculus 0 3400 ig INT 
Asteraceae Chaenactis douglasii var. alpina 3000 3400 P-MAT CORD 
Asteraceae Crepis acuminata 1000 3300 P CORD 
Asteraceae Crepis intermedia 800 3300 CORD 
Asteraceae Ericameria parryi var. aspera 1900 3300 SS INT 
Asteraceae Erigeron barbellulatus 2100 3300 P END-CAL 
Asteraceae Erigeron clokeyi var. pinzliae 2200 3400 P INT 
Asteraceae Erigeron coulteri 1900 3400 P CORD 
Asteraceae Erigeron elmeri 1300 3300 P END 
Asteraceae Erigeron glacialis var. glacialis 1300 3400 E CORD 
Asteraceae Erigeron tener 2300 3400 P-MAT CORD 
Asteraceae Helenium bigelovii 0 3400 P S-C 
Asteraceae Hieracium albiflorum 0 3300 P WIDE 
Asteraceae Hieracium horridum 1350 3300 P S-C 
Asteraceae Hulsea vestita subsp. vestita 2400 3350 P END 
Asteraceae Microseris nutans 1000 3400 P CORD 
Asteraceae Nothocalais alpestris 1300 3400 P S-C 
Asteraceae Packera pauciflora 1800 3300 P WIDE 
Asteraceae Senecio triangularis 100 3300 P CORD 
Asteraceae Tetradymia canescens 1000 3400 S CORD 
Asteraceae Tonestus eximius 1800 3300 P CORD 
Asteraceae Wyethia mollis 900 3400 P S-C 


2011) RUNDEL: SIERRA NEVADA ALPINE FLORA 183 


APPENDIX 2. CONTINUED. 


Higher level Specific or Lower Upper Growth Biogeographic 
taxon infraspecific taxon elevation (m) elevation (m) form relationship 
Boraginaceae Cryptanrtha watsonii 1250 3300 A CORD 
Boraginaceae Cryptantha confertiflora 1050 3350 P INT 
Boraginaceae Lappula redowskii 1300 3300 A WIDE 
Boraginaceae Mertensia ciliata 1300 3380 P S-C 
Boraginaceae Phacelia bicolor 700 3400 A INT 
Boraginaceae Phacelia eisenii 1300 3400 A END 
Boraginaceae Phacelia orogenes 2060 3400 A END 
Boraginaceae Plagiobothrys hispidulus 1200 3400 A CORD 
Boraginaceae Plagiobothrys torreyi var. diffusus 1200 3400 A END-CAL 
Brassicaceae Barbarea orthoceras 0 3400 B/P WIDE 
Brassicaceae Boechera calderi 2050 3350 P CORD 
Brassicaceae Boechera davidsonii 1200 3400 PB S-C 
Brassicaceae Boechera pygmaea 2600 3400 P END 
Brassicaceae Boechera stricta 1800 3400 P CORD 
Brassicaceae Cardamine oligosperma 50 3300 A/B CORD 
Brassicaceae Descurainia californica 1700 3400 A/B CORD 
Brassicaceae Draba asterophora 2600 3300 P INT 
Brassicaceae Physaria occidentalis 600 3350 PE INT 
Caprifoliaceae Lonicera conjugialis 140 3300 S S-C 
Caprifoliaceae Symphicarpos rotundifolius var. parishii 1100 3300 S INT 
Caryophyllaceae Ereomogone congesta var. 1200 3300 P INT 
subfrutescens 
Ericaceae Arctostaphylos patula 750 3350 S CORD 
Ericaceae Arctostaphylos uva-ursi 2400 3300 S WIDE 
Ericaceae Vaccinium caespitosum 0 3400 S WIDE 
Ericaceae Vaccinium uliginosum subsp. 0 3400 S WIDE 
occidentale 
Fabaceae Astragalus bolanderi 1400 3300 P INT 
Fabaceae Astragalus raventii 3400 3450 P END 
Fabaceae Trifolium monanthum subsp. tenerum 1600 3300 P END 
Fagaceae Chrysolepis sempervirens 700 3300 S S-C 
Gentianaceae Frasera puberulenta 1700 3400 P END-CAL 
Gentianaceae Gentianopsis simplex 1200 3400 P INT 
Grossulariaceae  Ribes inerme var. inerme 1200 3300 S CORD 
Lamiaceae Monardella breweri subsp. lanceolata 0 3400 A INT 
Montiaceae Claytonia megarhiza 2600 3300 P CORD 
Montiaceae Lewisia leana 1300 3350 P S-C 
Onagraceae Chamerion angustifolium subsp. 0 3300 P WIDE 
circumvagum 
Orobanchaceae Castilleja arachnoidea 1300 3300 P INT 
Orobanchaceae Castilleja linariifolia 1000 3350 P INT 
Orobanchaceae Castilleja peirsonii 1500 3400 P S-C 
Orobanchaceae Castilleja pilosa 1200 3400 P INT 
Orobanchaceae Castilleja praeterita 2200 3400 ley END 
Orobanchaceae Orobanche fasciculata 0 3300 P WIDE 
Papaveraceae Dicentra uniflora 1000 3300 Pp. CORD 
Phrymaceae Mimulus breweri 1200 3400 A CORD 
Phrymaceae Mimulus nanus var. mephiticus 1520 3445 A S-C 
Phrymaceae Mimulus tilingii 1400 3400 P CORD 
Plantaginaceae Penstemon caesius 1800 3400 SS END-CAL 
Plantaginaceae Veronica americana 0 3300 P WIDE 
Polemoniaceae Ipomopsis aggregata subsp. bridgesii 1800 3300 P END 
Polemoniaceae Microsteris gracilis 0 3300 A WIDE 
Polemoniaceae Navarretia breweri 1000 3300 A CORD 
Polemoniaceae Polemonium occidentale subsp. 900 3300 P WIDE 
occidentale 
Polygonaceae Eriogonum latens 2600 3400 P END-CAL 
Polygonaceae Eriogonum microthecum var. alpinum 2500 3300 SS END-CAL 
Polygonaceae Eriogonum microthecum var. ambiguum 1100 3300 SS INT 
Polygonaceae Eriogonum saxatile 800 3400 P-MAT INT 
Polygonaceae Eriogonum spergulinum vat. 1300 3400 A INT 
reddingianum 
Polygonaceae Eriogonum wrightii var. subscaposum 200 3400 P-MAT INT 


184 


Higher level 
taxon 


Polygonaceae 


Polygonaceae 
Potamogetonaceae 
Primulaceae 
Ranunculaceae 
Ranunculaceae 
Ranunculaceae 
Ranunculaceae 
Rhamnaceae 
Rosaceae 
Rosaceae 
Rosaceae 
Rosaceae 
Rosaceae 
Rosaceae 
Rosaceae 
Rosaceae 
Salicaceae 
Salicaceae 
Scrophulariaceae 


MADRONO 


APPENDIX 2. 


Specific or 
infraspecific taxon 


Polygonum polygaloides subsp. 
kelloggii 

Polygonum shastense 

Potamogeton robbinsii 

Dodecatheon alpinum 

Anemone drummondii 

Aquilegia formosa 

Caltha leptosepala var. biflora 

Delphinium nuttallianum 

Ceanothus cordulatus 

Amelanchier utahensis 

Fragaria virginiana 

Geum macrophyllum var. perincisum 

Horkelia fusca subsp. parviflora 

Ivesia gordonii var. alpicola 

Ivesia saxosa 

Rosa woodsii subsp. gratissima 

Spiraea splendens 

Salix jepsonii 

Salix scouleriana 

Limosella acaulis 


CONTINUED. 

Lower Upper 
elevation (m) elevation (m) 
1500 3300 
2100 3400 
1600 3300 
1700 3400 
1200 3350 

0 3300 
900 3300 
300 3300 
365 3365 
200 3400 
1200 3300 
1000 3300 
1400 3300 

2100 3300 
900 3300 
800 3400 
548 3400 
1000 3400 

l 3400 

) 3300 


[Vol. 58 


Growth Biogeographic 


form 
P 


NNnNNANDODIadDAWMN DI VIdIVOV 


a 
Q 


relationship 
CORD 


S-C 
WIDE 
CORD 
S-C 
S-C 
CORD 
CORD 
INT 
INT 
WIDE 
WIDE 
CORD 
INT 
INT 
INT 
S-C 
S-C 
CORD 
WIDE 


MADRONO, Vol. 58, No. 3, pp. 185-189, 2011 


A NEW SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS (FABACEAE) FROM THE WASATCH 
MOUNTAINS OF UTAH 


BETH LOWE CORBIN 
Owyhee Field Office, Bureau of Land Management, 20 First Ave. W, Marsing, ID 83639 
ecorbin@blm.gov 


ABSTRACT 


Astragalus kelseyae B.L. Corbin, sp. nov. is described as a new species from the central Wasatch 
Mountains, where it is known from only one small occurrence in Weber County, Utah. It grows in 
shale talus within the Gambel oak and bigtooth maple shrubland. 


Key Words: Astragalus, Fabaceae, rare plant, Utah, Wasatch Mountains. 


A new species of Astragalus is described from a 
single population in the foothills of the Wasatch 
Mountains in Weber County, Utah. This distinc- 
tive milkvetch’s fruit shape and texture resemble 
some forms of A. Jentiginosus Douglas ex 
Hooker, but plants differ in having a branching, 
subterranean caudex, a smaller fruit beak, and 
generally larger (and fewer) flowers and fruit. Its 
humistrate growth form and fruit shape resemble 
A. amblytropis Barneby, but it has firmer fruits 
and larger flowers. Its large pods are similar to A. 
megacarpus (Nutt.) A. Gray, and flowers and 
leaflets are similar to A. beckwithii Torr. & A. 
Gray, but it differs from both species by having 
bilocular fruit, shorter leaves, and larger flowers. 
It differs significantly from each of those species 
by having dolabriform (malpighian) hairs. 


TAXONOMIC TREATMENT 


Astragalus kelseyae B.L. Corbin, sp. nov. (Fig. 1) 
— Type: USA, Utah, Weber Co., talus slope 
above Ogden, TON, RIW, Sec 26, SLM, 
41°14'N, 111°55'W, 1625 m (5340 ft) elevation, 
28 May 2010, Beth Lowe Corbin 1292 (holo- 
type: UT; isotypes: NY, CIC, UVSC, to be 
distributed). 

Planta similis A. /entiginosus Douglas ex 
Hooker var. negundo S.L. Welsh & N.D. Atwood 
et A. amblytropis Barneby in legumina biloculares 
et e var. negundo in caudices subteranneis 
elongatis et e ambo in legumina cartilagineis nec 
chartaceis et pubescentiis dolabriformis differt. 

Perennial herb from branched, subterranean, 
woody caudex branches. Above-ground stems 
10-20 cm long, prostrate (Fig. 2). Leaves humi- 
strate, 3.05.2 cm long, 1.5—3.0 cm wide, with (5) 
7-11 (13) leaflets, the terminal jointed. Leaflets 
widely elliptical, 8-15 mm long, 6-12 mm wide, 
tips rounded to obtuse, more or less alternate on 
the rachis. Leaves and stems silvery green with 
appressed dolabriform hairs about 0.5—0.8 mm 
long. Stipules free, triangular, 4-5 mm _ long. 

Inflorescence 2—7 flowered, congested, not much 


elongating in fruit. Peduncle 13—25 mm; flowering 
axis 5-10 mm. Calyx 13—16 mm long, 3.5—4.5 mm 
wide, with narrow teeth 3-4 mm long; calyx 
pinkish, with light and dark hairs. Petals white, 
with keel tip slightly purple. Banner 22—26 mm 
long, 9-11 mm wide, bent midway at about a 120° 
angle. Wings 19-21 mm long, narrow, slightly 
cupped. Keel 18-19 mm long. Fruit firm, 
cartilaginous, fleshy, inflated, bilocular, humi- 
strate, sessile, with narrow and shallow dorsal 
and ventral grooves, not curved, sometimes red 
mottled. Fresh pod 35-53 mm long, 18—30 mm 
thick, 10-17 mm tall (dorsiventrally compressed), 
with a small beak 3-6 mm long, and _ short, 
dolabriform hairs. Dehiscence through the beak, 
after separation. 

Paratypes (topotypes): 19 May 2009 Beth Lowe 
Corbin 1235 (BRY), 4 September 2011 Beth Lowe 
Corbin 1523 (UTC — to be distributed). 


DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT 


Astragalus kelseyae grows on the lower, west/ 
southwest-facing slope of the central Wasatch 
Mountains, on talus openings within Quercus 
gambelii Nutt. (Gambel oak) and Acer grand- 
identatum Nutt. (bigtooth maple) shrublands. 
The talus consists of fine-textured Ophir shale 
on about 50-60% slope, at about 1625 m 
elevation. This habitat is just above the old 
shoreline of the Pleistocene Lake Bonneville. 
Precipitation is about 51—64 cm (20-25 inches) 
per year. The site 1s within the Uinta-Wasatch- 
Cache National Forest. Astragalus kelseyae 1s 
known only from the type locality, where about 
150-200 plants were seen in a localized area of 
about 0.1 ha. It was first found in 2009, and 
revisited in 2010 and 2011. A popular. hiking trail 
bisects the occurrence, and additional undesig- 
nated trails occur within the habitat. 

The geology of the Wasatch Mountains is a 
complicated mix of sedimentary, metamorphic 
(such as quartzite), and igneous deposits (Yonkee 
and Lowe 2004). Ophir shale is a Paleozoic era 


186 MADRONO 


[Vol. 58 


Fic. 1. 


sedimentary deposit. Bands of Ophir shale and 
other similar talus types occur in scattered 
locations across the Wasatch Front, and addi- 
tional occurrences of Astragalus kelseyae may be 
found in the future. 

The talus microsite is very open, with low cover 
by associates, including Scutellaria angustifolia 


Astragalus kelseyae habit, flower detail, pod cross section, and leaf hair detail. 


Pursh subsp. micrantha Olmstead, Asclepias 
asperula (Decne.) Woodson, Apocynum androsae- — 
mifolium L., Epilobium canum (Greene) P.H. | 
Raven subsp. garrettii (A. Nelson) P.H. Raven, | 
Hedysarum boreale Nutt., Erysimum capitatum | 
(Douglas) Greene, Eriogonum umbellatum Torr., | 
Pseudoroegneria spicata (Pursh) A. Love, Ame- | 


2011] 


CORBIN: A NEW ASTRAGALUS FROM UTAH 187 


FIG. 2. 


Astragalus kelseyae in its shale talus habitat. 


lanchier utahensis Koehne, and Phacelia hastata 
Douglas ex Lehm. Although no weeds occur 
directly with the Astragalus, several weedy species 
occur in the vicinity, including J/satis tinctoria L., 
Linaria dalmatica (L.) Mill., Euphorbia myrsinites 
L., and Bromus tectorum L., and pose a threat to 
this species. 


RELATIONSHIPS 


Astragalus kelseyae appears to have similarities 
to A. lentiginosus, A. amblytropis, A. megacarpus, 
and A. beckwithii, but differs significantly from 
each (S. Welsh, Brigham Young Univ., personal 
communication). Its pod resembles A. lentigino- 
sus var. negundo with a large, bilocular fruit, but 
differs in having a less prominent beak, generally 
wider fruit, fewer flowers, a branched, subterra- 
nean caudex, and dolabriform hairs. It is similar 
to A. amblytropis in having a subterranean 
caudex, humistrate stems, leaves, and fruit, and 
somewhat similar fruit shape, but differs in 

having firmer pods, larger flowers, free stipules, 
-and dolabriform hairs. It superficially appears 
similar to A. megacarpus or A. oophorus S. 
_Watson with its large pods, and A. beckwithii 
-with its white flowers, but differs from these 
species in the section Megacarpi by both its 


bilocular fruit and dolabriform hairs. Thus, A. 
kelseyae differs from each of these species by the 
presence of dolabriform hairs, and other charac- 
teristics as shown in Table 1. The new species’ 
resemblance to A. /entiginosus is likely due to 
independent parallel evolution, rather than a 
close relationship; the evolution of a fruit septum 
(and dolabriform hairs) does not necessarily 
imply shared ancestry with other species with 
these characters (J. Alexander, Utah Valley 
Univ., personal communication). Dolabriform 
hairs have apparently arisen independently in 
several sections within genus, but none of the 
other species with dolabriform hairs have large, 
bilocular pods, relatively few, large flowers, and 
prostrate stems. The combination of characteris- 
tics present in A. ke/sevyae appears unique. 
Astragalus lentiginosus, with its plethora of 
varieties, 1s widespread, including Weber Co., 
Utah; var. negundo is known from Box Elder Co. 
(which is adjacent to the north side of Weber Co.) 
and Millard and Tooele counties (southwest of 
Weber Co.), Utah, so its range somewhat 
overlaps that of A. kelseyae (Welsh 2007). 
Astragalus amblytropis is limited to the vicinity 
of Challis, in Custer and Lemhi counties, Idaho, 
some 290 miles north of A. ke/seyvae (Welsh 2007). 
Astragalus megacarpus 1s known from Wyoming 


MORPHOLOGICAL COMPARISON OF ASTRAGALUS KELSEYAE AND SIMILAR SPECIES. Measurements (except A. kelseyae) come from Barneby 1989, Welsh on 


TABLE 1. 


88 MADRONO [Vol. 58 


(at least 50 miles east of this occurrence), central 


26 od 6 ae 
Uo) of) oO : 
Go ee eee rey: sone Utah (about 120 miles south), Nevada, and 
Gos Sf 8S 8s Oc ; eee: 
as 2 O ee 5 Colorado, while A. beckwithii occurs in Weber 
a 0° EAE Aas 3 = : 
= Z = 0 © 5 Seiten fi aise Co. and generally to the west in Utah, and in 
fae) : Ic 
a 5 ee ee eo Idaho, Nevada, Oregon, Washington, and British 
S| 2S8i 582 B57 FEL] Columbia (Albee et al. 1988; Welsh et al. 2008; 
— oe > iol Swe OW 
aI(PEOEREES o8y Sure Shultz et al. 2010; USDA 2010). Astragalus 
Gs owns — = . 
Seleaceec o fF Tess, = oophorus occurs mostly in the southern Great 
— qc ba — > ° . 5 
se Pore ee. Wee, geet ae Basin, east into western Colorado, but is also 
. far} mo 
oe i? wa = recorded from northwest Utah (Box Elder and 
fan} on . 
; Tooele counties) (Welsh et al. 2008; USDA 2010). 
Bs 9 ae 
a ae Soe Fes & Thus, the location of A. kelseyae is at the east edge 
= 9 ae +6 ON rs wn ey <a, 1) es 
= POA. EF 5SgSVN Ee tie of the ranges of A. lentiginosus var. negundo and 
= OnbK- MEAOEB S| aa serie 
= BOO es Fe 7 bie Ons oo A. beckwithii, close to the northern edge of the 
~x SA eae ee ee Sea gs 
= Sane a 5S§ Seat R eth 2 ranges of A. megacarpus and A. oophorus, and 
a 3 Po ae a7 3 = 5 cs ee disjunct from A. amblytropis. 
9) Loma q) Om — = . 3 
N| x eED SSR ES Ss ad eat oe Astragalus kelseyae is named in honor of Ann 
a eCSaCRSSEOSSSTEH! Kelsey, plant collect for the Uni 
2 aaa sé co sie a elsey, plant collection manager for the Univer- 
ov ee ° ‘Oo ~ sity of Utah, with whom I’ve spent many pleasant 
a = a ee f field days in the mountains and deserts of Utah. 
Om (o) i) Oe 5 ‘. * 
an a a0 a oe This plant is of conservation concern because 
= Mey As a 6 © 4 aE: 
Al Ve cag & 6 : SS 4 wo only one occurrence with few individuals is 
= ee | Nese? sat x 3 
3 22 wen |S . + 2 65 = known, and because potential threats exist from 
~ Seed ss erigs — QO ra Oo . . 5 
Bo Be +84 ott Fe 8 trails and invasive weeds. 
iN¥) nv ~S & : roe . i) & va) 5 
= oO mM .e PO tH CO Om 
: 5 On se s6 a _& 
x x 8 3 = oh vy A& > Oo7r& KEY TO SIMILAR SPECIES 
cee: ome Zo S86 pee (adapted from Barneby 1989 and Welsh 2007) 
On = OQ, mM WH 
1. Hairs dolabriform; pods fully bilocular ...A. kelseyae 
o 8 = fon) é : P : : 
i oh. - — 1’. Hairs basifixed; pods unilocular or bilocular 
7 Sea 6... Be oA 5 ns 2. Pods unilocular 
™ > ~ sce 
S 5 c os c S So 2 bby 3. Pod 1.5—3.7 cm long, valves leathery. . . 
= BS %Rh560 FS pee eae ye ee eee eee A. beckwithii | 
S = 5 « a..8 & 5 a = 3’. Pod (2) 3-6 (7.5) cm long, valves papery 
= v . A oS Ss wee. = Oe 4. Plants subacaulescent, stems 1-— 
i ees na Bas Z eG of b eC TONS yiext cen eee A, megacarpus 
meas 8 7 = 38 a ce SE S 4’. Plants caulescent, stems mostly 5— 
@ : o ee oe oe at 20 cmon? ta.e foe ee A. oophorus 
ere “a a = 2’. Pods bilocular 
eo = Z . 4 . 
Sp - a a 5. Stipules connate; caudex deeply sub- 

: Ces : oe ae . 
= =z 6yaea E LORRAINE Ato sre ane ee A. amblytropis 
> a OO Aa & bh : : 

i f2 ¢ a s & = a. 5’. Stipules free; caudex superficial (near 

SS Oo aie SB aT £2 SOil Surlace): = 4..°7 eee ee A. lentiginosus 
aS AN a : ms 2 ia 2 do 

5 ns nm Pos Ot N 0) = op 

80 ne | a | “oO Q = 7 5° oa 

= on On ase oO. a Res ACK 

Se a ;S a0, Ff oO Bo CKNOWLEDGMENTS 

aS Dn Ymadiad K Oh fice ee ; : 

; A 5 fs S B ears a2 St mI = I thank Stanley Welsh (Brigham Young University, 

= @ Go = FREL SOO mo BRY) for detailed information, the Latin diagnosis, and 
O79 a 5 mn 2 access to the herbarium. I also thank Stephen Clark 
(Weber State University, WSCO), Don Mansfield 
Prt y . . 
a ~< (College of Idaho, CIC), Michael Piep (Utah State 
S ai i= re NaTi-=| University, UTC) and Ann Kelsey (University of Utah, 
= | qaq59S FS 3 oak . 
ew) SxS, 2eB = = ty ip SO ob UT) for access to collections. Jason Alexander (Utah 
~_ 2 ot fw ao o & < Soh is a S Valley University) provided helpful comments and 
S c 5 = ; HAE 5 2 o = oo ffi 7 insights. Dan Scott produced the illustration, which was 
s NJBPU Sm we gunk. 6 5- funded by the Intermountain Region of the U.S. Forest 
= S2H2 sees aud adaat 5 ear 
= SERB F RSA SBSNS EL KMS Service, thanks to Teresa Prendusi, who also reviewed a 
co) = G c - s : 7 
= Coe c Z Sayer draft of this article, as did Don Mansfield. This paper was _| 
ao) also improved by reviews from Stanley Welsh and Leila | 
= Shultz; however, any mistakes are all mine. 
lan} (cD) > 3 
oc} 18 = 
S| 88 : 3 
al | 9 5 on LITERATURE CITED 
ia) Nn 0) =— @ 
= S| 86 = 2 ogee 
= =|3 0 S 2 = 3 ALBEE, B. J., L. M. SHULTZ, AND S. GOODRICH. 1988. Atlas 
D UIAn [Ly [Ly = 4 


of the vascular plants of Utah. Utah Museum of | 


2011] 


Natural History, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, 


Li 

BARNEBY, R. C. 1989. Fabaceae. Pp. 12-267 in A. 
Cronquist, A. H. Holmgren, N. H. Holmgren, J. L. 
Reveal, and P. K. Holmgren (eds.), Intermountain 
flora, Vol. 3, pt. B: Fabales. The New York 
Botanical Garden, Bronx, NY. 

SHULTZ, L. M., R. D. RAMSEY, W. LINDQUIST, AND C. 
GARRARD. 2010. Digital atlas of the vascular 
plants of Utah. Utah State University, Logan, 
UT. Website http://earth.gis.usu.edu/plants/ [ac- 
cessed 01 September 2011]. 


CORBIN: A NEW ASTRAGALUS FROM UTAH 189 


USDA, NRCS. 2010, The PLANTS Database. Na- 
tional Plant Data Center, Baton Rouge, LA.W- 
ebsite http://plants.used.gov [accessed 01 Oct 2010]. 

WELSH, S. L. 2007. North American species of 
Astragalus Linnaeus (Leguminosae): a taxonomic 
revision. Brigham Young University, Provo, UT. 

, N. D. ATwoop, S. GOODRICH, AND L. C. 
HIGGINS. 2008. A Utah flora, fourth edition, 
revised. Brigham Young University, Provo, UT. 

YONKEE, A. AND M. Lowe. 2004. Geologic map of the 
Ogden 7.5-minute quadrangle, Weber and Davis Coun- 
ties, Utah. Utah Geological Survey, Salt Lake City, UT. 


MADRONO, Vol. 58, No. 3, pp. 190-198, 2011 


GRIMMIA VAGINULATA, (BRYOPSIDA, GRIMMIACEAE) A NEW SPECIES 
FROM THE CENTRAL COAST OF CALIFORNIA 


KENNETH KELLMAN 


California Academy of Sciences, 55 Music Concourse Drive, San Francisco, CA 94118 
kkellman@sbcglobal.net 


ABSTRACT 


A new California endemic species, Grimmia vaginulata, is described and illustrated. It is 
characterized by its very small size, julaceous habit, immersed capsule on a straight, centrally 
inserted seta, very large annulus, keeled unistratose leaves, autoicous sexuality, and a large cylindrical 
ochrea atop the vaginula that sheathes the seta to the base of the capsule. The differentiation and 


ecology of the new species is discussed. 


Key Words: California, endemic moss, Grimmia vaginulata, Grimmiaceae, new species, ochrea, 


vaginula. 


In the summer of 2008, prior to the annual 
meeting of the American Bryological and Li- 
chenological Society, Dale Vitt asked to see 
Orthotrichum kellmanii D. H. Norris, Shevock 
& Goffinet in the field. During that short trip 
Dale noticed tiny little plants growing on the 
same sandstone boulders that supported the 
Orthotrichum. These plants were so_ scattered 
and insignificant that they appeared to be 
immature stems of a small Grimmia, and not 
worth collecting. That impression proved incor- 
rect. Upon microscopic examination, it was 
immediately obvious that these plants represent- 
ed a remarkable plant that was unlike any other 
Grimmia in North America. 

Chief among the distinguishing characteristics 
was a transparent extension of the vaginula that 
extended to the base of the capsule. This 
extension, known as an ochrea, 1s not present in 
any North American Grimmia, and it is not 
mentioned in any North and Central American 
Grimmia literature (Flowers 1973; Crum and 
Anderson 1981; Crum 1994; Hastings and 
Greven 2007; Munoz 1999; Munoz and Allen 
2002). To the casual student of the genus, this 
novel character suggested the possibility of a new 
genus. That hypothesis was supported by the 
scattered growth habit. A wider examination of 
Grimmia was undertaken resulting in the expan- 
sion of the North American parameters of the 
genus. 


TAXONOMY 


Grimmia vaginulata Kellman, sp. nov. (Figs. 1A, 
IC, 2, 3, 4, 5)—Type: USA, California, Santa 
Cruz Co., Big Basin Redwoods State Park, on 
dry vertical walls of calcareous sandstone 
boulders eroded from the sandstone bedrock 
in open chaparral, above the Basin Trail and 
below China Grade Road ca. 1.5 mi. beyond 


the northern intersection with SR 236, elev. 
685 m, 37°12'40"N, 122°12'42’”W, 13 Aug 2008. 
Kellman, Vitt, & Shevock 5869 (holotype: CAS). 


Species Grimmia capillata De Notaris affinis, 
sed differt ab statura breviore, foliis statu madido 
vel sicco persistenter julaceis, ochrea cylindracea 
longiore usque ad prope basem capsulae exten- 
denti differt. 

Plants up to 2 mm tall, scattered to very loosely 
tufted (Fig. 5), simple, or with a short, tightly 
appressed branch; green when young, tan or 
white in age; julaceous wet or dry. Lower and 
perigonial leaves short ovate, 1:1, muticous, 
increasing in length upwards. Upper stem and 
perichaetial leaves (Fig. 2B) obovate or elliptical, 
soft when moist, weakly keeled concave, uni- 
stratose throughout, with at least some portion of 
the leaf margin hyaline, most common at the base 
and often extending to midleaf or slightly 
beyond; 1—1.65 mm long X 0.4—-0.75 mm wide 
(without the awn); the keel is even less pro- 
nounced in transverse section, appearing more 
convex, even tubular, especially on non-sporo- 
phytic plants (Fig. 4); apex acute or occasionally 
slightly acuminate. Basal juxtacostal cells short 
rectangular with thin to moderately thick, 
straight; relatively uniform across the base, but 
outer basal cells often somewhat narrower in | to 
3 marginal rows. Distal and medial cells decreas- 
ing in length gradually from the base to the apex, 
1—1.5(2.5):1, 12-16(26) um long X 7—13 um wide; 
rectangular, triangular, or irregularly polygonal, 
thick-walled, often with some portion of the 
lumen rounded creating small trigones, not or 
weakly sinuose; in transverse section plane to 
slightly bulging. Margins weakly recurved on one 
or both sides; unistratose. Costa narrow, to 40 um 
wide at the base, broadening toward the apex; 
excurrent in a hyaline, weakly toothed awn 
shorter than the lamina, decurrent at most 1—2 
cells down the margin, and those often projecting 


2011] KELLMAN: A NEW SPECIES OF GRIMMIA 19] 


Fic. 1. A. Grimmia vaginulata with leaves stripped exposing the sporophyte. (O) ochrea (V) entire vaginula. Scale 
bar = 500 um (from the type); B. G. capillata with leaves stripped exposing the sporophyte. (O) ochrea. Scale bar = 
500 um (Handel-Mazetti 1778, FH: syntype of G. mesopotamica); C. Detail of typical upper leaf apex of G. 
vaginulata Scale bar = 80 um; D. Detail of typical upper leaf apex of G. capillata Scale bar = 175 um. 


as short, blunt teeth; costa in transverse section at 
midleaf with two homogenous rows of cells, 2 
cells wide adaxially. Gonioautoicous or cladau- 
toicous. Calyptra irregularly crenate at the base, 
conical or campanulate, hyaline at the extreme 


-apex and at the base, naked and smooth, just 
covering the operculum. Vaginula (Fig. 1A), 


measured with ochrea, 0.5—0.6 mm long, epider- 
mal cells irregular, about 2—3:1, with very thin, 
straight walls; distally with a cylindrical ochrea 
surrounding but not connate to the seta and 
flaring just below the base of the capsule, 340— 
430 um long. Seta straight, attached to the center 
of the capsule, 0.5 mm long. Capsule immersed 


192 MADRONO 


G. capilla ta 


G. vaginulata 


Fic, 2. 


A. Sporophytic plants of Grimmia vaginulata and G. capillata showing size difference. Marks are | mm 


apart; B. G. vaginulata, two upper and perichaetial leaves. Scale bar = 500 um. 


with only the operculum exposed, irregularly 
wrinkled when dry, slightly wrinkled when wet, 
obloid, 0.9 mm long X 0.6 mm wide, abruptly 
contracted to the seta. Annulus (Fig. 3) of 3 rows 
of differentiated, transparent, thick-walled en- 
larged and elongated cells; remaining on the urn 
after dehiscence, but gradually falling off in 
sections. Operculum mammilose to low conical, 
crenulate to erose at the base. Exothecial cells 
irregularly rectangular to hexagonal, thin-walled, 
almost transparent when mature, easily revealing 
the stalked theca within. Stomata present. Peri- 
stome (Fig. 3) of 16 orange-red cribrose-dissected 
teeth, irregularly divided nearly to the base into 
3-4 strongly spiculose filaments, ca. 185 um long. 
Spores smooth, 10—13 um in diameter. 

The specific epithet refers to the persistent 
cylindrical ochrea atop the vaginula, which 
extends nearly to the base of the capsule. 


IDENTIFICATION AND 
TAXONOMIC RELATIONSHIPS 


Grimmia vaginulata can be distinguished from 
all other North American Grimmia by the 
following combination of characters: very small 
plants that are julaceous wet or dry, upper leaves 
with hyaline margins, dissected peristome, and a 
conspicuous and persistent ochrea sheathing the 
entire seta to just below the base of the capsule. 


Grimmia vaginulata resembles G. anodon Bruch 
& Schimp. and G. plagiopodia Hedw. in leaf 
shape. However, G. vaginulata remains julaceous 
wet or dry, and is a much smaller and narrower 
plant. The straight, centrally inserted seta of G. 
vaginulata contrasts with the sigmoid, eccentri- 
cally inserted seta that characterizes both G. 
anodon and G. plagiopodia. The extremely dis- 
sected peristome resembles G. orbicularis Bruch 
and G. moxleyi R.S. Williams. Grimmia orbicu- 
laris shares the unistratose margins, and the 
autoicous sexuality with G. vaginulata, but the 
awns of G. orbicularis are evenly distributed 
along the stem. Grimmia moxleyi has awns 
restricted to the upper leaves like G. vaginulata, 
but the leaf margins are bistratose. Furthermore, 
both G. orbicularis and G. moxleyi have exserted 
capsules on arcuate setae. Again, both are much 
larger than G. vaginulata. 

Both gametophytically, and sporophytically, G. 
vaginulata appears most closely related to G. 
capillata De Not., a species scattered around the 
Mediterranean Sea (Greven 2003). They share the 
keeled, entirely unistratose lamina with the 
margins at least somewhat recurved on one or > 
two sides, a costa that broadens in the distal half | 
of the leaf, perichaetial leaves with proximal 
hyaline areas, and autoicous sexuality. Sporophy- 
tically, the two taxa are very close. Lastly, both 
prefer calcareous substrates. Again, G. vaginulata 


2011] 


FIG. 3. 


is amuch smaller plant that stays tightly julaceous 
wet or dry. My examination of 16 specimens of G. 
capillata and G. mesopotamica Schiffn. (a syno- 
nym of G. capillata fide Munoz and Pando 2000; 
Greven 2003) from FU, MUB, and NY show 
plant size in G. capillata averages around 7 mm, 
dwarfing G. vaginulata. (Fig. 2A) The dry leaves 
of G. capillata are erect to erect-patent and are 
usually strongly keeled. Thus the costae project 
from the rest of the leaves giving the dry plants a 
more tumid and textured appearance. When 
moist, the leaves of G. capillata are at least 
erect-patent, and are relatively easy to dissect 
from the stem. The tiny and tightly appressed 
leaves of G. vaginulata are very difficult to strip 
for examination without tearing. Leaf size is 
another point of separation, with the upper stem 
leaves of G. capillata measuring 2—-3 mm long 
(Cortini Pedrotti 2001; Ignatova and Munoz 
2004), while the much smaller G. vaginulata has 
leaves with a maximum length of 1.65 mm. In G. 
capillata, the more or less rounded apex (Fig. 1D) 
is the most commonly hyaline portion of the leaf, 
while in G. vaginulata, the margins are hyaline, 
and the apex is acute. There is some small portion 
at the base of the awn that is hyaline, but at most 
it is one to two cells down the margin (Fig. 1C). 


KELLMAN: A NEW SPECIES OF GRIMMIA 193 


Detail of annulus and peristome of Grimmia vaginulata. Scale bar = 120 um. 


Fic. 4. Drawings of leaf cross sections, Grimmia 
vaginulata; a) leaf from sterile plant taken at midleaf; b, 
c, d) upper leaf from sporophytic plant. Scale bar = 
100 um. 


194 


MADRONO 


FIG. 5. 


Although evidence is admittedly sparse, with the 
only known population being the type, the growth 
habit of G. vaginulata adds another basis for 
separation. In G. vaginulata, the plants are at best 
loosely associated (Fig. 5), not forming a contin- 
uous turf or clump. In G. capillata, the plants 
form dense green mats of sterile plants inter- 
spersed with a few fertile plants (Cortini Pedrotti 
2001; Greven 2003; Heyn and Herrnstadt 2004; 
Ignatova and Munoz 2004). The base of the 
capsule in G. capillata is less abruptly contracted 
to the seta than is seen in G. vaginulata. Lastly, in 
G. capillata the ochrea, while pronounced, extends 
only half way up the seta, not to the base of the 
capsule as in G. vaginulata. (Figs. 1A, B) 
Grimmia pseudoanodon Deguchi, described in 
1987 from Peru (Deguchi 1987), is another small 
autoicous plant (ca 5 mm tall) with immersed 
sporophytes with a centrally attached, straight 
seta, and like G. vaginulata, the base of its capsule 
is abruptly contracted. Examination of an isotype 
from NY, showed several important differences 
from G. vaginulata. First, G. pseudoanodon grows 
in cushions, contrasting the scattered habit of G. 


Grimmia vaginulata. Photograph of growth habit on sandstone. 


vaginulata. G. pseudoanodon has no peristome, its 
cauline leaves are not reduced down the stem, 
being linear to lanceolate and bearing awns to the 


base of the plant. They are patent to spreading 


when moist, and are easy to separate from the 


stem. Similar to G. capillata, the apex of the leaf» 


is hyaline for 15-20 cells, and the awn is often 


\ 


decurrent down the margins of the leaf. Most | 
leaves of G. pseudoanodon show bistratose | 


margins. The vaginula of G. pseudoanodon 1s 


extended, demonstrated by the aborted archego- — 


nia scattered throughout its length, however, the 
ochrea is at most represented by a few hyaline 
flaps at the apex of the vaginula, far from the 


tube sheathing the seta of G. vaginulata. Inter- | 
estingly, slight pressure expels the seta from the | 
end of the vaginula, leaving a conical stub at the | 


base of the seta. 


GENERIC TAXONOMY 


It is clear that this new plant belongs in the 
Grimmiaceae. The only other familial possibility 
is Ptychomitriaceae, and that is ruled out by the 


2011] 


unlobed calyptra. Within Grimmuiuaceae, other 
genera can easily be dismissed as well. The large 
annulus, and the operculum falling independent 
of the columnella deny placement in Schistidium. 
Although the cribrose peristome resembles those 
of both Coscinodon and Jaffueliobryum, and the 
autoicous sexuality, unistratose lamina and large 
annulus further support placement in Jaffuelio- 
bryum, both genera require a pleated and 
somewhat sheathing calyptra (Churchill 1987; 
Hastings 2007; Spence 2007). The calyptra of G. 
vaginulata is so short that it does not even split or 
tear during capsule development, sitting instead 
just atop the operculum. Racomitrium (sensu lato) 
is ruled out by the lack of sinuosity in the cell 
walls of the lamina or the vaginula (Deguchi 
1978). 

Not only can we suggest placement in Grimmia 
by elimination, but the dramatic characters 
displayed by G. vaginulata fit well within the 
limits of variation of plants already in that genus. 
Deguchi (1978) describes the “‘Affinis type” 
annulus as “‘well differentiated, composed of (2) 
3-4 rows of cells, which are thick walled, but 
transparent, and becoming increasingly larger 
from the lower to the upper rows. ... Upper rows 
of cells of the annulus are also removed when the 
lid falls, but their lower rows usually remain 
attached to the orifice of the urn, disjoining little 
by little in the course of time.” This is a perfect 
description of the annulus in G. vaginulata. He 
attributes this “‘Affinis type’ annulus to “G. 
affinis, G. anomala, G. apiculata, G. brachydic- 
tyon, G. curvata, G. olympica, and G. pilifera.” 
Munoz (1999) assigns this annulus type to “G. 
involucrata, G. longirostris, G. poecilostoma, and 
G. trichophylla’ in the introductory section, and 
14 other taxa in the species descriptions. 

The ochrea is a structure that is poorly 
understood and has received little taxonomic 
discussion. Deguchi (1978) makes it clear that the 
ochrea is only a section of the vaginula, but 
Magill (1990) defines ochrea as “‘vaginula, or 
upper part of vaginula’’. The haploid vaginula 
includes cells originating from both the archego- 
nium and the upper part of the stem (Deguchi 
1978). Deguchi’s proof of this contention is the 
“occurrence of aborted archegonia at the basal 
part of the vaginule” (Fig. 1A). 

Maier (2002) discusses the vaginula and the 
ochrea and describes Grimmia donniana Sm. ex 
Spruce with ‘“‘ochrea broad’’, with most other 
Species with ochrea ‘“‘short” or “‘small’”’. Some 
species such as G. orbicularis (a close relative of 
the aforementioned G. moxleyi) she describes 
with ‘“‘vaginula 0.8 mm, with ochrea.” Unfortu- 
nately, she does not provide illustrations to 
inform that aspect of her excellent descriptions, 
nor does she describe how she measures the 
vaginula. Delgadillo (Universidad Nacional 
Autonoma de Mexico, personal communication) 


KELLMAN: A NEW SPECIES OF GRIMMIA Is 


wrote “I believe the ochrea is a fairly common 
feature of the neotropical species of Grimmia. It 
can be demonstrated in G. americana, G. 
donniana and G. elongata. It is particularly 
evident in G. anodon.”’ But more convincing 
examples can be found in the persistent ochreae 
of G. capillata and G. involucrata Cardot. 

Being clear then that this new plant properly 
belongs in Grimmia, it is necessary to at least 
explore its relationships within the genus. The 
history of the genus Grimmia, s./, 1s a tortured and 
complex story of confused concepts, alternating 
periods of splitting and lumping, and regional 
authors describing numerous plants that have 
been later synonymized in worldwide treatments 
(Munoz and Pando 2000; Greven 2003). Deguchi 
(1978) and Ochyra et al. (2003) both provide a 
good summary of this nomenclaturally difficult 
subject. Although Hernandez-Maqueda et al. 
(2008) casts some doubt on Coscinodon, most 
modern authorities agree on the separation of 
Jaffueliobryum, Schistidium, and Coscinodon from 
Grimmia, but there is disagreement whether 
Grimmia itself requires further subdivision. 
Ochyra et al. (2003) proposed to split Grimmia 
into five genera, with each genus corresponding in 
concept with the subgenera reluctantly suggested 
by Hastings and Greven (2007). Both systems are 
rooted in the work of Hagen (1909) and are 
summarized in Table 1. 

Grimmia vaginulata can be ruled out of 
Gasterogrimmia based on the straight, centrally 
attached seta. Litoneuron requires 2-stratose, 
concave leaves with the costa not prominently 
projecting abaxially: Grimmia vaginulata meets 
none of these criteria. An expanded Guembelia 
that included unistratose leaves would fit all 
characters of G. vaginulata, but if one were to 
accept the Ochyra et al. (2003) concept of 
Dryptodon, which includes plants with short 
straight setae and plicate or wrinkled capsules, 
then G. vaginulata would belong there. In fact, 
Ochyra et al. (2003) places G. capillata in 
Dryptodon. 

The difficulty is compounded, however, by 
statements by various authors suggesting that 
pairs of plants within Grimmia s./. are closely 
related, but subsequent authors treat each 
member of the pair in separate subgenera or 
genera. For example, G. capillata is often paired 
with G. crinita Brid. (Greven 2003; Ignatova and 
Munoz 2004) and in fact De Notaris (1836, 1838), 
who first described G. capillata in 1836, reduced it 
to a variety of G. crinita in 1838, and Maier 
(2010) reduced G. capillata into synonymy with 
G. crinita. In this pair, G. crinita is universally 
placed in Gasterogrimmia (Grimmia sensu Ochyra 
et al. 2003) but as stated above G. capillata is 
placed in Dryptodon. These cross subgeneric or 
generic affinities, as well as the taxa that defy 
placement within any system, illustrate the 


196 


TABLE 1. 


Hastings and Greven (2007) 


Gasterogrimmia 


Guembelia 


Litoneuron 


Rhabdogrimmia 


MADRONO 


Ochyra et al. (2003) 


Grimmia 


Orthogrimmia 


Guembelia 


Dryptodon 


[Vol. 58 


COMPARISON OF TAXONOMIC TREATMENTS OF GRIMMIA. 


Description 


Capsules immersed, smooth, seta 
sigmoid and eccentrically attached 
to the capsule, leaves 1- or 2-stratose 
that are concave or concave-keeled. 

Capsules immersed to exserted, 
smooth, seta straight and centrally 
attached to the capsule, leaves 
mostly 2-stratose and keeled. 

Capsules exserted or emergent, 
smooth, seta straight and centrally 
attached to the capsule, leaves 2- 
stratose that are concave with the 
costa not prominent dorsally. 

Capsules emergent to exserted, ribbed, 
seta arcuate and centrally attached 
to the capsule, leaves mostly 1- 
stratose (2-stratose at the margins) 


and keeled. 


complexity of Grimmia s./. It is likely that this will 
only be sorted out by a massive study combining 
worldwide genetic and morphological data. 

The very dramatic and persistent ochrea in G. 
vaginulata opens the question of the importance 
of the ochrea in Grimmia taxonomy. Only Maier 
(2002) and Deguchi (1978) discuss this character. 
Deguchi briefly mentions the ochrea in his 
introduction, and then does not use it in his 
species descriptions. It is ignored in Crum (1994), 
Munoz (1999), Cortini Pedrotti (2001), Greven 
(2003), Ignatova and Munoz (2004), and Hastings 
and Greven (2007). Maier (2002) lists G. donniana 
with ochrea “‘broad’’, and G. elatior with ochrea 
“distinct”. Many other species were described 
with ochrea “‘small”’ or the character was ignored 
altogether. A quick examination of five specimens 
in CAS annotated by R. Hastings as G. donniana 
displayed three with no ochrea, one very juvenile 
capsule with an ochrea already disintegrating, and 
one specimen with a persistent ochrea about as 
long as broad at the base of a mature sporophyte. 
Thus, it seems that this character by itself does not 
seem to be reliable enough to be useful for 
separating G. donniana, one of the few taxa that 
Maier thought had a distinctive ochrea; it is likely, 
therefore, that the character is not useful beyond 
the G. capillata—vaginulata group. Nonetheless, 
further study of such taxa as G. involucrata may 
show that the ochrea could be an additional 
character useful for identification. 


ECOLOGY AND DISTRIBUTION 


Grimmia vaginulata has thus far only been 
found on vertical or underhanging surfaces on 
calcareous sandstone boulders that have eroded 
out of less calcareous sandstone bedrock of the 
Butano Formation. These rocks are scattered 
through a variably dense chaparral comprised of 


Adenostoma fasciculatum Hook. & Arn., Arcto- 
staphylos tomentosa (Pursh.) Lindl., Ceanothus 
cuneatus (Hook.) Nutt., C. papillosus Torr. & A. 
Gray, and Eriodictyon californicum Hook. & 
Arn.. The climate is Mediterranean with moder- 
ate but rainy winters, and hot rainless summers 
(Kellman 2003). The elevation is slightly below 
700 meters, placing the site above all but the 
thickest summer maritime fog. The lack of 
summer fog keeps these sites very hot and dry 
until the winter storms arrive. 

One of the more peculiar aspects of this very 
interesting plant is the substrate. With the 
exception of one recent collection from marble 
rock (Kellman, Shevock & Lodder 6133 [CAS]) the 


boulders are also the sole known substrate of © 


Orthotrichum kellmanii, another rare coastal 
California endemic (Norris et al. 2004). The 
bedrock was deposited in the Upper Eocene, and 
is part of the Butano Sandstone Formation 
(Brabb 1989), but the geologic history of the 
boulders is not known. Presumably, the rocks 
were formed and eroded into their rounded shape 


some time prior to the Eocene deposits that | 
formed the bedrock. In Santa Cruz Co., the | 


Butano Formation is exposed along the western 


slopes of the highest mountains on the eastern © 


side of the county (Brabb 1989), but the boulders 
are only present in a small patch in Big Basin | 


Redwoods State Park. There is also a small field | 


of the boulders in southern San Mateo Co., also | 
in Butano State Park. Recently, this same | 
formation with exposed boulders has been | 
found in Monterey Co. within the Ventana | 
Wilderness of the Los Padres National Forest. | 
Orthotrichum kellmanii was collected here al- | 


though much of the area remains to be surveyed. 


The new population greatly expanded its range | 
to the south. Although access to these sandstone | 


outcrops was difficult due to hiking through 


2011] 


dense stands of chaparral, the area subsequently 
burned in the summer of 2008. This area 1s now 
among the highest priority sites to survey for G. 
vaginulata—and to document the extent of Ortho- 
trichum kellmanii in this area. 

Associated bryophytes growing on and around 
the boulders include Amphidium californicum 
(Hampe ex Mill. Hal.) Broth., Antitrichia cali- 
fornica Sull. in Lesq., Gemmabryum californicum 
(Sull.) Spence, Didymodon vinealis (Brid.) R.H. 
Zander, Tortula muralis Hedw., Grimmia torenti 
Hastings, G. pulvinata (Hedw.) J. E. Smith, 
Gymnostomum calcareum Nees & Hornsch., G. 
viridulum Brid., Orthotrichum kellmanii, and 
Cephaloziella divaricata (Sm.) Warnst. 


CONSERVATION 


At the type location, G. vaginulata has been 
found on only four out of several hundred 
boulders, and these fit within a circle of ten 
meters. It is imperative that no further collections 
should be made until more populations are 
found. Additional surveys need to be conducted 
throughout the highly restricted habitat within 
the Butano Formation within State Park Lands 
and a federally designated wilderness area. Even 
if additional occurrences are discovered, Grimmia 
vaginulata will almost certainly remain a very 
narrowly restricted endemic that could be ad- 
versely impacted by stochastic events. 

Even though the chaparral is a fire adapted 
ecosystem (Schoenherr 1992), the extreme rarity 
of G. vaginulata leaves open the possibility of fire 
killing the entire known population. In March of 
2009, the author visited the Bonny Doon Ecolog- 
ical Preserve in Santa Cruz Co. Nine months 
before, in June of 2008, a very hot fire raced 
through the preserve, where sandstone rocks are 
scattered through a chaparral very similar to that 
found at the type location of G. vaginulata. Even 
in places where the brush was minimal, virtually 
all bryophytes were killed on the rocks, especially 
those bryophytes growing on the walls and 
underhanging surfaces of the rocks. A few mosses 
and liverworts survived on the tops of a few rocks. 
Apparently the heat of the fire was trapped under 
the rocks and then bathed the vertical surfaces, 
killing all plant life. It is conceivable that thick 
cushions, or gemmiform plants with densely 
imbricate leaves could insulate at least some part 
of a dry moss plant from the heat, but the loose 
colonies and cylindrical plant form of G. vaginu- 
lata offers no such protection. 

To date, G. vaginulata is known only from the 
type and in general, taxonomic novelties should 
not be based on a single specimen, particularly in 
variable genera such as Grimmia. However, this 
plant’s combination of characters, unique to 
Grimmia in North America, along with the 
conservation implications of its rarity, demand a 


KELLMAN: A NEW SPECIES OF GRIMMIA 


LOT 


full description. Of course, it is always possible 
that further collections from new locations could 
alter the concept of G. vaginulata. Of all the 
characters discussed above, the most likely 
features to change would be the size and the 
growth form. It is possible that other populations 
of G.vaginulata could be composed of larger 
plants. Arguing against that possibility is the fact 
that both sterile and fruiting plants exhibit the 
same size and growth form in the type population. 
It seems more likely that G. vaginulata could be 
found growing in turfs or small cushions. 
However, turf and cushion formation require 
the survival of the originating stems. There are no 
subapical innovations in the type population 
which suggest that this species may be short lived 
and that individuals die after sexual reproduction. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


I am indebted to Jim Shevock and Dan Norris for 
teaching me how to do the research necessary to write a 
paper of this type. They may or may not have been 
aware that they were teaching me these methods, but an 
interested student learns as much by observation as by 
lecture and discussion. I honor their example. I would 
also like to thank Roxanne Hastings for teaching me the 
basic understanding of Grimmia, and for a thorough 
review of this paper resulting in many positive changes. I 
thank Henk Greven for his review of this paper, and the 
suggestion to compare Grimmia vaginulata with G. 
pseudoanodon. David Toren deserves credit for pointing 
out the illustration of Grimmia mesopotamica in the 
Bryophyte Flora of Israel that put me onto the 
similarities of G. vaginulata and G. capillata. Thanks 
also to Eva Maier, and Claudio Delgadillo, for their 
insights on the vaginula and ochrea. I also appreciate 
Claudio Delgadillo and Jesus Munoz for their helpful 
comments on an earlier version of this paper. Steve 
Lodder was invaluable in providing the beautiful 
photographs. I thank Patricia Eckel for providing the 
Latin description. I would like to thank the curators of 
MUB, FH, and NY for the loan of specimens of 
Grimmia capillata, Grimmia mesopotamica, and Grimmia 
pseudoanodon, and Deb Trock at CAS who arranged for 
the loans. 


LITERATURE CITED 


BRABB, E. E. 1989. Geologic map of Santa Cruz 
County, California. Miscellaneous Investigation 
Series. U.S. Geological Survey, Denver, CO. 

CHURCHILL, S. P. 1987. Systematic and biogeography 
of Jaffueliobryum (Grimmiaceae). Memoirs of the 
New York Botanical Garden 45:691—708. 

CORTINI PEDROTTI, C. 2001. Flora dei muschi d’Italia: 
Sphagnopsida, Andreaeopsida, Bryopsida (1 
Parte). Antonio Delfino Editore, Rome, Italy. 

CruM, H. 1994. Grimmiales. 386-415. in A. J. Sharp, 
H. Crum, and P. M. Eckel (eds.), The moss flora of 
Mexico. Memoirs of the New York Botanical 
Garden 69:1—1113. 

AND L. ANDERSON. 1981. Mosses of Eastern 
North America. Columbia University Press, New 
York, NY. 

DE NOTARIS, G. 1836. Memorie della Reale Accademia 
delle Scienze di Torino 39:248. 


198 MADRONO 


. 1838. Syllabus Muscorum in Italia et in Insulis 
Circumstantibus Hucusque Cognitorum, Turin, 
Italy. 

DEGUCHI, H. 1978. A revision of the genera Grimmia, 
Schistidium and Coscinodon (Musci) of Japan. 
Journal of Science of the Hiroshima University 
Series B, Div. 2 (Botany) 16:121—256. 

. 1987. Studies on some Peruvian species of the 
Grimmiaceae. Pp. 19-74 in H. Inoue (ed.), Studies 
on cryptogams in Southern Peru. Tokai University 
Press, Tokyo, Japan. 

FLOWERS, S. 1973. Mosses: Utah and the West. 
Brigham Young University Press, Provo, UT. 
GREVEN, H. C. 2003. Grimmias of the world. Bachuys, 

Leyden, The Netherlands. 

HAGEN, I. 1909. Forarbejder tilen Norsk lovmosflora. 
IX. Grimmiaceae. Det Kongelige Norske Videns- 
kabers Selskabs Skrifter 1909(5):1—94. 

HASTINGS, R. I. 2007. Coscinodon. Pp. 258-262 in 
Flora of North America Editorial Committee 
(eds.), Flora of North America North of Mexico, 
Vol. 27. Oxford University Press, New York, NY 

, H. C. GREVEN. 2007. Grimmia. Pp. 225-258 in 
Flora of North America Editorial Committee 
(eds.), Flora of North America North of Mexico, 
Vol. 27. Oxford University Press, New York, NY. 

HERNANDEZ-MAQUEDA, R., D. QUANDT, O. WERNER, 
AND J. MUNOZ. 2008. Phylogeny and classification 
of the Grimmiaceae/Ptychomitriaceae complex 
(Bryophyta) inferred from cpDNA. Molecular 
Phylogenetics and Evolution 46:863—877. 

HEYN, C. C. AND I. HERRNSTADT. 2004. The 
bryophyte flora of Israel and adjacent regions. 
The Israel Academy of Sciences and Humanities, 
Jerusalem, Israel. 

IGNATOVA, E. A. AND J. MUNOZ. 2004. The genus 
Grimmia in Russia. Arctoa 13:101—182. 


[Vol. 58 


KELLMAN, K. M. 2003. A catalog of the mosses of 
Santa Cruz County, California. Madrofio 
50:61-82. 

MAGILL, R. E. 1990. Glossarium Polyglottum Bryolo- 
giae, a multilingual glossary for bryology. Missouri 
Botanical Garden, Saint Louis, MO. 

MAIER, E. 2002. The genus Grimmia (Musci, Grimmia- 
ceae) in the Himalaya. Candollea 57:143—238. 

. 2010. The genus Grimmia Hedw. (Grimmia- 

ceae, Bryophyta) - a morphological-anatomical 

study. Boissiera 63:1—377. 


MuNoz, J. 1999. A revision of Grimmia (Musci, 
Grimmiaceae) in the Americas. 1: Latin America. 
Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden 
86:118—191. 


AND F. PANDO. 2000. A world synopsis of the 
genus Grimmia (Musci, Grimmiaceae). Missouri 
Botanical Garden Press, St. Louis, MO. 

AND B. ALLEN. 2002. Grimmia. Pp. 221—231 in 
B. Allen (ed.), Moss flora of Central America, 
Part 2. Encalyptaceae—Orthotrichaceae. Missouri 
Botanical Garden Press, Saint Louis, MO. 

Norris, D. H., J. R. SHEVOCK, AND B. GOFFINET. 
2004. Orthotrichum kellmanii (Bryopsida, Ortho- 
trichaceae), a remarkable new species from the 
central coast of California. The Bryologist 
107:209-214. _ 

OCHYRA, R., J. ZARNOWIEC, AND H. BEDNAREK- 
OCHYRA. 2003. Census catalog of Polish mosses. 
Polish Academy of Sciences, Krakow, Poland. 

SCHOENHERR, A. A. 1992. A natural history of 
California. University of California Press, Berkeley 
and Los Angeles, CA. 

SPENCE, J. R. 2007. Jaffueliobryum. Pp. 262-264 in 
Flora of North America Editorial Committee 
(eds.), Flora of North America North of Mexico, 
Vol. 27. Oxford University Press, New York, NY. 


MADRONO, Vol. 58, No. 3, pp. 199-200, 2011 


REVIEW 


Introduction to California Chaparral. By RONALD 
D. QUINN AND STERLING C. KEELEY. 2006. 
University of California Press, Berkeley, CA. 
344 pp. ISBN 9780520219731, $55.00, hardcover; 
ISBN 9780520245662, $21.95, paperback. 


In Introduction to California Chaparral, au- 
thors Ronald D. Quinn and Sterling C. Keeley 
condense the beauty and diversity of California’s 
most prominent habitat into a beginners guide 
suitable for curling up with on the couch or toting 
along on a hike. The diminutive tome attempts to 
familiarize the casual observer not only with that 
superficial ““‘bluish-green blanket gently covering 
the hills,’ but also with the dynamic interplay of 
organisms and underlying ecological processes 
beneath that oft go largely unseen. It is a monu- 
mental task to be sure. To accomplish this task, 
the authors guide us through the climatic forces 
that shape the system; the dominant plant, animal 
and insect species that inhabit it; and other forces 
such as fire, flooding and urban encroachment 
that affect it. In addition to describing the 
chaparral world that modern day adventurers 
might observe, Quinn and Keeley take us briefly 
through the history of the chaparral to provide a 
backdrop of the forces that created such diversity. 

In distilling such broad and complex subject 
matter, the authors only stumble in perhaps the 
most complex of chaparral arenas: wildfire. 
Dedicating roughly 1/6 of the book specifically 
to fire and regularly referring to it throughout the 
rest, the authors succeed in divulging most of the 
issues surrounding fire in chaparral. However, 
their attempt at presenting those issues together 
in a cohesive and coherent whole falls short and 
proves dangerously misleading. Notwithstanding, 
the authors bring hundreds of years of scientific 
discovery, field observation and a love of Cali- 
fornia’s defining ecosystem into an accessible and 
enjoyable guide for the masses. 

This attractive collection consists of 302 pages 
of text, color photos, black and white diagrams, 
plus a glossary and reference section for those 
who wish to dig deeper. All this is printed on 
thick, sturdy pages that will no doubt survive the 
jostles of the many hikes it is sure to inspire. 

Quinn and Keeley, Professors of biological 
science and botany, respectively, draw on a wide 
range of sources and personal research in com- 
piling this guide. They use these sources to paint a 
colorful mural of wood-rat nests, heat-seeking 
fire beetles, iridescent hummingbirds and an 
impressive array of plants that have managed to 
survive eons of yearly drought and occasional 
wildfire. The descriptions are presented at an 


accessible level of detail for its intended audience. 
Plant and animal common names are provided in 
conjunction with their scientific equivalents. 
Throughout the guide, the particular adaptations 
that help chaparral plants and animals survive 
this difficult environment, 1.e., the very features 
that make them uniquely chaparralian, are 
highlighted. Reference especially is often given 
to a particular species’ relationship to fire. The 
authors provide not only colorful descriptions 
but interesting facts that keep even the most 
hardened urbanite engaged. 

Unfortunately, colorful language occasionally 
gives way to literary excess. The authors too often 
employ personification, especially with respect to 
plant characteristics, that can undermine the 
integrity of the data presented. 

An example on the innocuous end of the 
spectrum involves a species of monkey flower, 
Mimulus aurantiacus. The authors describe the 
unique stigma that assumes a closed position 
when pollinated or even just touched by an insect 
or animal. The authors then claim that in so doing 
the plants ‘“‘advertise their status” as pollinated 
or not, presumably giving pollinators the plant 
kingdom’s equivalent of a wedding ring to would- 
be suitors. Does a closed stigma make it more 
likely that pollinators will move to another flower, 
or is there some other evolutionary incentive for 
the stigma closing? It’s a question the authors 
don’t address, nor is the conclusion supported 
with cited research. In this case, it’s an admittedly 
harmless conclusion. 

The authors’ phrasing becomes critically 
dangerous with regard to fire. The first example 
comes in the punctuating sentence of the 
introductory paragraphs to the fire section. It 
reads: “In short, where there is chaparral, there is 
fire.” While this may technically be true, it is 
misleading. Where there is chaparral there is 
going to be fire. But where there are grasslands 
there is fire. Where there are conifer forests there 
is fire. In other words, the presence of fire in 
chaparral is not due to something inherent in the 
plant community. Rather, where there is chapar- 
ral there is a Mediterranean climate and where 
there is a Mediterranean climate (or any other 
dry climate with enough moisture to sustain 
vegetative growth) and an ignition source there 
will be fire, regardless of vegetation type. 

The phrase implies that chaparral fosters a fire 
environment rather than the more accurate 
paradigm that chaparral species exist because 
they are able to survive infrequent fires. The 
result of the authors’ approach is a_ subtle 
perpetuation of the oft repeated and poorly 


200 


applied concept that chaparral needs to burn. As 
the authors themselves state, certain species do 
produce seeds that require fire cues to germinate. 
On the other hand, we know chaparral stands 
existing for more than a century without fire are 
perfectly healthy systems and if chaparral stands 
burn too frequently they can be converted to 
non-native grasslands. Extrapolating this dichot- 
omy is a tightrope that the authors have difficulty 
walking. 

The most prominent example comes in their 
‘Living with the Chaparral” chapter. In it, the 
authors describe the merits of prescribed fire and 
clearing fuel breaks, offering them as effective 
means to reduce mature chaparral and thus 
reduce the hazards fire presents to humans. 
Young chaparral, they suggest, burns less intense- 
ly and cuts off the fuel supply, extinguishing fires. 
Later, not as a counterpoint but as a discrete 
section, they explain that extreme weather condi- 
tions drive fires right through fuel breaks and 
fuel-age mosaics presumably negating the value of 
such “‘barriers”’. 

Further on, the intrinsic watershed value of 
mature chaparral stands is described in detail. The 
authors explain that ““mature chaparral acts as a 
sponge”’ retaining rainfall in the soil and aquifers 
beneath. Without a mature chaparral and root 
system, water skims off the soil surface creating 
disastrous debris flows and leaving no water 
behind for the ecosystem. That the previously 
advocated prescribed burning and man-made fuel 
breaks destroy this important ““sponge’’ mecha- 
nism is a conclusion never fully reconciled by the 
authors. 

In truth, land management with respect to 
wildfire, watershed values, and protecting lives 
and property is very much a balancing act that 
few, if any, have yet to master. It is perhaps unfair 


MADRONO 


[Vol. 58 


then to expect the authors to provide solutions to 
this dilemma. Rather than offer a cohesive 
recommendation, the authors drop all the issues 
in our lap and leave us to sort them out. It is a safe 
approach. Nevertheless, since this work appears 
to imply that mature chaparral is a threat to 
humans rather than the other way around, it will 
likely draw ire from some ecologists and conser- 
vationists. And in that sense it is perplexing to 
find the text demonizing an ecosystem because it 
can be inconvenient to humans. While perhaps 
not packaged in the most ideal manner, the 
authors at least conclude the wildfire section with 
a plea for humans to take responsibility for their 
urban planning practices to avoid further losses. 

Muddled fire issues aside, this 1s an ““/ntroduc- 
tion to California Chaparral” and in that sense it 
serves its purpose well. Quinn and Keeley’s work 
is a celebration of a unique and teeming habitat. 
To the reader unfamiliar with that amorphous 
blanket of shrubs covering the hillsides outside 
their car windows, Introduction to California 
Chaparral provides a comprehensive glimpse into 
that complex habitat. Where the authors partic- 
ularly shine is in capturing the sheer diversity and 
dynamic drama found within the often impene- 
trable chaparral canopy. Were the reader to carry 
this guide out into the field with them they would 
likely recognize many more twitters, rustles and 
floral displays than ever before. Ultimately, 
creating that connection to the natural environ- 
ment is the greatest gift any environmental author 
can bestow upon a reader. In Introduction to 
California Chaparral Quinn and Keeley are likely 
to succeed in doing so many times over. 


—CHRISTOPHER BLAYLOCK, California Chaparral Insti- 
tute, P.O. Box 545, Escondido, CA 92033; chris@ 
blaylock.org. 


MADRONO, Vol. 58, No. 3, p. 201, 2011 


NOTEWORTHY COLLECTION 


CALIFORNIA 


PORPHYRA SUBORBICULATA Kjellman_ 1897:10—13 
(BANGIACEAE).—Marin Co., epizoic on barnacles 
attached to pilings in the upper intertidal at Nick’s 
Cove, Tomales Bay, 38°11'57.42”N, 122°55'16.40"W, 
thalli sterile and fertile, 12 May 2011, J. R. Hughey s.n. 
(UC 1966687, UC 1966688) and 20 July 2011, J. R. 
Hughey s.n. (UC 1966689). 

Previous knowledge. Porphyra suborbiculata is natu- 
rally distributed throughout Asia (type locality: Goto- 
retto, Nagasaki Prefecture, Japan (Silva et al. 1996) and 
reportedly also occurs naturally in the Indian Ocean, 
Australia, and New Zealand (Broom et al. 2002). 
However, based on recent molecular evidence some P. 
suborbiculata from Australia and New Zealand, as well 
as North America (Mexico and the Atlantic coast of 
North America) represent introduced populations 
(Broom et al. 2002; Klein et al. 2003; Neefus et al. 
2008). The occurrence of this seaweed in areas 
associated with increased shipping activity suggest that 
its numerous introductions were the result of hitchhik- 
ings on the hulls of seagoing vessels (Broom et al. 2002). 
In the eastern Pacific, P. suborbiculata was first 
collected in 1985 from Baja California, Mexico 
(Aguilar-Rosas and Aguilar-Rosas 2003). Although P. 
suborbiculata shows some variation in morphology, it is 
generally characterized as being a relatively small (0.5— 
4 cm in diameter), monostromatic alga, with brownish 
red to pink, or bronze and violet colored blades that are 
ovate to cordate or reniform in shape (Broom et al. 
2002; Aguilar-Rosas and Aguilar-Rosas 2003; Neefus et 
al. 2008). 

Significance. First report of P. suborbiculata in 
California. The gametophytic thalli collected from 
Tomales Bay are in agreement with descriptions and 
illustrations of this species. Specimens from California 
are cordate at the base, and ovate to deeply reniform in 
shape. The margins are slightly ruffled and appear 
dentate to the unaided eye. Under microscopic exam- 
ination thalli show the diagnostic marginal teeth. The 
blade color is reddish-brown in spring and steel greenish 
in summer, and fronds are more or less equal in width 
and height, measuring to 1.8 cm. Spot checks for this 
alga at Marshall and Marconi failed to yield additional 
specimens. Identification of this invasive species was 
confirmed using rbcL (GenBank JN413680) and ITS-1 
(GenBank JN413679) DNA _ sequences. The rbcL 
sequence was identical to two sequences from Japan 
(Kanagawa, Yokosuka, Sajima and Yamaguchi, Shi- 
monoseki, Tsunoshima) and differed from others in the 
database by 2 or more bp. The ITS-1 sequence was 
identical to fifteen other sequences deposited in 
GenBank representing populations from around the 
world. Since the rbcL sequence generated for P. 
suborbiculata from Tomales Bay matches specimens 
from Japan and the ITS-1 sequence is identical to other 
invasive populations of this species from Australia, Baja 
California, New Zealand, and the western Atlantic, it is 
concluded that the population from California is also 


the result of an introductory event. In Tomales Bay, P. 
suborbiculata joins a list of five other non-native algae: 
Caulacanthus ustulatus (Turner) Kutzing, Codium 
fragile subsp. tomentosoides (van Goor) P. C. Silva, 
Gelidium vagum Okamura, Lomentaria hakodatensis 
Yendo, and Sargassum muticum (Yendo) Fensholt (C. 
K. Kjeldsen, Sonoma State University, unpublished 
data; Hughey 1995; Hughey et al. 1996). The maricul- 
ture of oysters in Tomales Bay began around 1907 
(Barrett 1963), and oysters are the likely vector for the 
introduction of P. suborbiculata in the bay. 


—JEFFERY R. HUGHEY, Department of Science and 
Engineering, Hartnell College, Salinas, CA 93901. 
jhughey@hartnell.edu. 


LITERATURE CITED 


AGUILAR-ROSAS, R. AND L. E. AGUILAR-ROSAS. 2003. 
El género Porphyra (Bangiales, Rhodophyta) en la 
costa Pacifico de México. I. Porphyra suborbiculata 
Kjellman. Hidrobioldgica 13:51—S6. 

BARRETT, E. M. 1963. Fish Bulletin 123. The California 
oyster industry. Scripps Institution of Oceanogra- 
phy Library, UC San Diego, San Diego, CA, 
Website http://escholarship.org/uc/item/1870g57m 
[accessed 10 September 2011]. 

BRooM, J. E., W. A. NELSON, C. YARISH, W. A. 
JONES, R. AGUILAR ROSAS, AND L. E. AGUILAR 
ROSAS. 2002. A reassessment of the taxonomic 
status of Porphyra suborbiculata, Porphyra caroli- 
nensis and Porphyra lilliputiana (Bangiales, Rho- 
dophyta) based on molecular and morphological 
data. European Journal of Phycology 37:227—235. 

HUGHEY, J. R. 1995. A systematic study of Chondra- 
canthus Kutzing (Rhodophyceae) with a contribu- 
tion to the marine flora of Tomales Bay, California. 
M.A. thesis, Sonoma State University, Rohnert 
Park, CA. 

, C. K. KJELDSEN, P. C. SILVA, R. L. MOE, AND 
T. C. DECEW. 1996. Noteworthy Collections. 
Madrono 43:432. 

KLEIN, A. S., A. C. MATHIESON, C. D. NEEFUS, D. F. 
CAIN, H. A. TAYLOR, B. W. TEASDALE, A. L. 
WEST, E. J. HEHRE, J. BRODIE, C. YARISH, AND 
A. L. WALLACE. 2003. Identification of north- 
western Atlantic Porphyra (Bangiaceae, Bangiales) 
based on sequence variation in nuclear SSU and 
plastid rbcL genes. Phycologia 42:109—122. 

NEEFUS, C. D., A. C. MATHIESON, T. L. BRAY, AND C. 
YARISH. 2008. The distribution, morphology, and 
ecology of three introduced Asiatic species of 
Porphyra (Bangiales, Rhodophyta) in the north- 
western Atlantic. Journal of Phycology 44:1399— 
1414. 

SILVA, P. C., P. W. BASSON, AND R. L. MOE. 1996. 
Catalogue of the benthic marine algae of the Indian 
Ocean. University of California Publications in 
Botany, Berkeley, CA. 


MADRONO, Vol. 58, No. 3, pp. 202-203, 2011 


NOTEWORTHY COLLECTION 


CALIFORNIA 


SEQUOIADENDRON GIGANTEUM (Lindl.) J. Buchholz 
(CUPRESSACEAE) (giant sequoia, big tree, or Sierra 
redwood).—Riverside Co., northwestern San Jacinto 
Mts., northeast of HW 243 about 18 highway km NW 
of Idyllwild, in the southern unit of the San Bernardino 
National Forest, on the northwestern flank of Black 
Mt. along both sides adjacent to and well back from the 
Black Mountain Trail, from upper Hall Canyon, 
through the sloping plateau or saddle near the westerly 
ridge, and into the final switchback ascent to the 
summit (elev. 2369 m). Species seen from 2036 to 2236 m 
elev. in mixed-conifer forest (Lower Montane Conifer- 
ous Forest) on sandy granitic soil; associates include: 
Abies concolor, Pinus coulteri, P. ponderosa var. 
pacifica, and Quercus chrysolepis dominant at lower 
elevations; P. jeffreyi and P. lambertiana dominant at 
higher elevations; Calocedrus decurrens, P. flexilis, and 
Ribes nevadense throughout most of area; 1 May 2009. 

Collections (vouchers to be deposited at RSA, UC, 
and UCR). Tree DBH 65 cm, sterile, just left (as 
ascending) of trail on slope by large trunk lying across 
trail, N33 49.540, W116 45.977, 2036 m elev., R. Schmid 
& M. Schmid 2009-1; tree with abundant male cones, 
right (as ascending) of trail on slope covered with 
Pteridium aquilinum and near drainage (Indian Creek) 
with Alnus rhombifolia, N33 49.579, W116 45.891, 
2066.5 m elev., R. Schmid & M. Schmid 2009-2; mature 
seed cones with opened cone scales and dislodged seeds, 
plus mix of sandy granitic soil and sparse duff, along 
Black Mountain Trail above drainage (Indian Creek) 
and below sloping plateau or saddle, ca. 2070 m elev., 
R. Schmid & M. Schmid 2009-4; tree DBH 20 cm, with 
medium-sized female cones, right (as ascending) side of 
trail in flat open area, N33 49.607, W116 45.854, 2093 m 
elev., R. Schmid & M. Schmid 2009-5; tree ca. 5.5 m 
high, with many, very large, immature female cones, 
just left (as ascending) of trail in flat open area, N33 
49.713, W116 45.773; 2144 m elev., R. Schmid & M. 
Schmid 2009-6. 

In addition to these collections made on 1 May 2009, 
we did a GPS census in the vicinity of the Black 
Mountain Trail, starting in upper Hall Canyon. The 
census revealed both in the canyon and upslope beyond 
it at least 157 individuals from 2036 to 2236 m elev. (ca. 
0.7 km linear distance, ca. 0.1 km’), plus an outlier 
sapling 450 m distant at 2361 m elev. near the summit of 
Black Mt. (2369 m). Our set of plots involved four 
groups at progressively higher elevations: (1) at the 
head of Indian Creek in the drainage (including 
vouchers 2009-1 and 2009-2); (2) on the slope coming 
out of the drainage (including voucher 2009-4); (3) at 
the sloping plateau or saddle (including vouchers 2009- 
5 and 2009-6); (4) on the northwest-facing slope closer 
to the summit. This species alien to southern California 
is regenerating prolifically on Black Mt., as revealed by 
multiple age classes, from seedlings and _ saplings 
(juveniles) about 20-60 cm tall to trees over 6 m tall, 
about 40 years old, and reproductively mature. 

Previous knowledge. The monotypic California en- 
demic Sequoiadendron giganteum is native to the 
western slope of the Sierra Nevada, where it occurs in 


isolated groves in mixed-conifer forest (Lower Montane 
Coniferous Forest) between 825 and 2700 m elev. The 
67 groves are mostly of very restricted extent and/or 
threatened. They occur in a narrow strip measuring 
about 395 km long (northwest-southeast) and 19-21 km 
at the widest points (east-west) and extending over 
seven counties from southern Placer Co. southeasterly 
to southern Tulare Co. (Flint 2002; Willard 2000). 

This species has been extensively planted in Califor- 
nia as an ornamental, as part of afforestation attempts, 
and as reforestation efforts, especially post-fire re- 
vegetation ones. For example, Burns and Sauer (1992) 
noted that 22,900 seedlings of S. giganteum were 
planted in southern California in the San Gabriel 
Mts. alone, but neither this species nor 44 other alien 
conifer species planted there as part of afforestation 
projects “‘are invading adjacent natural habitats” (p. 49). 
However, Rogers (1986: p. 33) wrote: “On the San 
Bernardino [National Forest] about 5000 to 10,000 
seedlings are planted each year, and at least one 
instance of natural regeneration from some of the early 
plantings has been observed.’’ Rogers’s “‘one instance”’ 
may well be the introduction of S. giganteum after the 
Aug. 1974 fire in Hall Canyon (Keeler-Wolf 1990; 
Cheng 2004) and its subsequent naturalization on Black 
Mt., which is the subject of the present preliminary 
report. Our extensive analysis of the print and Internet 
literature for the floristics and ecology of southern 
California suggests S. giganteum is possibly also 
naturalized in the San Gabriel Mts. of Los Angeles 
Co. and southwestern San Bernardino Co., and in the 
San Bernardino Mts. of San Bernardino Co. 

Significance. First report and collections for River- 
side Co. and the San Jacinto Mts. (see the database of 
the Consortium of California Herbaria, http://ucjeps 
.berkeley.edu/consortium). More importantly, first doc- 
umented record for naturalization of this Sierra- Nevada 
endemic species in montane southern California. State 
and regional floras for California should acknowledge 
in their keys and descriptions such naturalizations. 
Details of these findings will be published elsewhere 
(Schmid and Schmid in press). 


—RUDOLF SCHMID, Department of Integrative 
Biology, University of California, Berkeley, CA 
94720-3140; MENA SCHMID, Somerville, MA 02144. 
schmid@berkeley.edu. 


LITERATURE CITED 


BURNS, C. AND J. SAUER. 1992. Resistance by natural 
vegetation in the San Gabriel Mountains of 
California to invasion by introduced conifers. 
Global Ecology and Biogeography Letters 2:46—51. 

CHENG, S. (tech. ed). 2004. Forest Service Research 
Natural Areas in California. General Technical Re- 
port PSW-GRT-188. USDA Forest Service, Pacific 
Southwest Research Station, Albany, CA. Website 
http://www. fs.fed.us/psw/publications/documents/ 
psw_gtr188/ [accessed 20 June 2011]. 

FLINT, W. D. 2002. To find the biggest tree, revised ed. 
Sequoia Natural History Association, Three Riv- 
ers, CA. 


2011] 


KEELER-WOLF T. 1990. Ecological surveys of Forest 
Service Research Natural Areas in California. Gen- 
eral Technical Report PSW(GTR)-125. USDA Forest 
Service, Pacific Southwest Research Station, Berkeley, 
CA. Website http://www.fs.fed.us/psw/publications/ 
documents/psw_gtr125/ [accessed 20 June 2011]. 

ROGERS, R. R. 1986. Management of giant sequoia in 
the national forests of the Sierra Nevada, 
California. Pp. 32-36 in C. P. Weatherspoon, 
Y. R. Iwamoto, and D. D. Piirto (tech. coordi- 
nators). Proceedings of the workshop on man- 
agement of giant sequoia, May 24-25, 1985, 


NOTEWORTHY COLLECTION 203 


Reedley, California. General Technical Report 
PSW(GTR)-95. USDA Forest Service, Pacific 
Southwest Forest and Range Experimental Sta- 
tion, Berkeley, CA. Website http://www. fs.fed.us/ 
psw/publications/documents/psw_gtr095/_— [ac- 
cessed 20 June 2011]. 

SCHMID, R. AND M. SCHMID. In Press. Naturalization 
of Sequoiadendron giganteum (Cupressaceae) in 
montane southern California. Aliso 30. 

WILLARD, D. 2000. A guide to the sequoia groves of 
California. Yosemite Association, Yosemite Na- 
tional Park, CA. 


MADRONO, Vol. 58, No. 3, p. 204, 2011 


NOTEWORTHY COLLECTION 


COLORADO 


DRABA WEBERI R.A. Price & Rollins (BRASSICA- 
CEAE).—Park Co., Middle Fork of the South Platte, 
near Magnolia Mill, Pike National Forest, in mossy 
depressions on north side of granite boulder, 10 plants 
in flower and fruit, at 39.36112°N, 106.09013°W, 
3,398 m elev., 20 July 2010, Bernadette Kuhn 7927a 
and 7927b, along with Gina Glenne, Sheila Lamb, 
Alicia Langton, Ellen Mayo, Steve Olson, and Jeff 
Sprovkin (MO). Dr. Ihsan Al-Shehbaz verified the 
identification. 

Previous knowledge. Global distribution is limited to 
the type locality in the Monte Cristo Creek drainage, 
below the Upper Blue Lake Reservoir Dam, on the west 
side of Continental Divide, Summit County, Colorado. 
As described in the original publication (Price and 
Rollins 1991) the holotype (Price #464) was collected 
from “‘crevices of rocks beside cascades, amid rocks at 
edge of stream’. The type locality was described by 
Price as containing “‘perhaps 100 individuals”, and in 
2009, 81 individuals were reported present at the site 
(Colorado Natural Heritage Program 2011). All indi- 
viduals documented are on private land owned and 
operated by Colorado Springs Utility, though the site is 
surrounded by National Forest System lands (Decker 
2006). 

Significance. Second documented occurrence. For 
twenty years botanists have been searching for another 
occurrence outside the species’ type locality. Our 
collection, located 2.8 km to the south, expands the 
known distribution of D. weberi to another county 
(Park), and to the east side of the Continental Divide. 
In addition, it confirms the long-suspected presence of 
D. weberi on National Forest System land. This finding, 
along with the recent addition of D. weberi to the 


USDA Forest Service Sensitive List, may present new 
opportunities for the management and conservation of 
this extremely rare Colorado endemic (USDA Forest 
Service 2011). 


—BERNADETTE KUHN, Colorado Natural Heritage 
Program, 254 General Services Building, 1474 Campus 
Delivery, Fort Collins, CO 80523-1474. bernadette. 
kuhn@colostate.edu. 


LITERATURE CITED 


COLORADO NATURAL HERITAGE PROGRAM. 2011, 
Biodiversity Tracking and Conservation System 
(BIOTICS). Colorado State University, Fort Col- 
lins, CO. Website http://www.cnhp.colostate.edu/ 
exchange/request.asp [accessed 01 May 2011]. 

DECKER, K. 2006. Draba weberi Price & Rollins 
(Weber’s draba): a technical conservation assess- 
ment. USDA Forest Service, Rocky Mountain 
Region, Golden, CO. Website http://www. fs.fed.us/ 
r2/projects/scp/assessments/drabaweberi.pdf [ac- 
cessed 1 May 2011]. 

PRICE, R. A. AND R. C. ROLLINS. 1991. New taxa of 
Draba (Brassicaceae) from California, Nevada, and 
Colorado. Harvard Papers in Botany 3:75—77. 

USDA FOoRrRESsT SERVICE. 2011. Supplement No. 2600- 
2011-1. Chapter 2670—Threatened, endangered, 
and sensitive plants and animals. USFS Forest 
Service Manual, FSM 2600-Wildlife, Fish, and 
Sensitive Plant Habitat Management. USDA 
Forest Service, Rocky Mountain Region (Region 
2), Denver, CO. Website http://www.fs.fed.us/im/ 
directives/field/r2/fsm/2600/fsm_r2_2670_201 1-1. 
docx [6 January 2012]. 


MADRONO, Vol. 58, No. 3, p. 205, 2011 


NOTEWORTHY COLLECTION 


MEXICO 


ANEMONE TUBEROSA  Rydb. (RANUNCULA- 
CEAE).—Baja California, Municipio of Ensenada, 
Ejido Nativos del Valle heading W to Santo Tomas, 
31.42561°N, 116.34858°W (WGS 84), 434 m/1428 ft, 26 
March 2010, Sula Vanderplank, Sean Lahmeyer, Ben 
Wilder and Karen Zimmerman 100326-29 (RSA), Less 
than 100 plants observed growing with Zigadenus sp. on 
N-facing side of a steep limestone outcrop. Most plants 
in full flower. 

Previous knowledge. The general habitat of this 
species is given by Dutton et al. (1997), in the Flora 
of North America, as from rocky slopes and stream 
sides 800-2500 m. It is known from desert regions of the 
southwestern USA (CA, NM, NV, TX, UT) and NW 
Mexico (Baja California, Sonora), and has been well 
documented within the Sonoran and Mojave deserts: 
Wiggins (1980) reports it from the western edge of the 
Colorado Desert and the eastern Mojave Desert; 
Wilken (1993) gives the range in California as eastern 
Desert Mountains; 900-1900 m; Munz (1974) reports 
elevations of 3000—5,000 ft (914-1520 m), in Joshua 
Tree Woodland and Pinyon-Juniper Woodland, west- 
ern edge of the Colorado Desert, eastern Mojave 
Desert. The westernmost known collections for this 
taxon in California are from the southern Cuyamaca 
Mtns., near the southwestern end of Poser Mtn, March 
19 1995, Jeri Hirshberg 253 (RSA) 60 km from the 
Pacific coast; and the Laguna Mountains, below Desert 
View, 06 April 1939, A. J. Stover 245 (SD), 80 km from 
the Pacific coast (CCH 2011). In Arizona, Kearney and 
Pebbles (1951) report elevations of 2,500—S000 ft (760— 
1520 m). In Mexico, the two Baja California collections 
closest to the Pacific Ocean are both 50 km inland (30— 
45 km from the Gulf of California to the east) in the 
central desert, close to the narrowest part of the 
peninsula: summit of volcanic hill at top of Jaraguay 
Grade, 24 Feb 1973, Reid Moran 20248 (SD), elev. 
875 m, (the lowest documented elevation for this species 
in the state); Sierra San Borja, summit of Cerro la 
Chona, 19 Mar 1966, Reid Moran 12782 (SD), 1450 m 
(San Diego Natural History Museum 2011). There are a 
small number of California specimens from ~400 m 
elev., all from a small area within the Whipple 
Mountains, on the border with Arizona (CCH). 


Significance. First collection of this species west of the 
peninsular ranges and inside the California Floristic 
Province. This collection represents a range extension of 
ca. 70 km west from the peninsular ranges, and is the 
most coastal collection documented to date, being just 
15 km (9 mi) from the Pacific Ocean. The elevation is the 
lowest recorded in Baja California, and is near the 
lowest elevation recorded for the species anywhere. 
Further investigation of the foothills surrounding this 
site may help determine if this small population is indeed 
isolated from the core range, perhaps as a result of the 
unusual habitat provided by the limestone outcrop. 


—SULA VANDERPLANK, Deptartment of Botany & 
Plant Sciences, University of California, Riverside, CA, 
92507; SEAN LAHMEYER, The Huntington Library, Art 
Collections, and Botanical Gardens, 1151 Oxford 
Road, San Marino, CA 91108. sula.vanderplank@ 
gmail.com. 


LITERATURE CITED 


CONSORTIUM CALIFORNIA HERBARIA (CCH). 2011. 
University of California, Berkeley, CA, Website 
http://ucjeps.berkeley.edu/consortium/ [accessed 3 
March 2011]. 

DUTTON, B. E., C. S. KEENER AND B. A. FORD. 1997. 
Anemone. Pp. 139-158 in Flora of North America 
Editorial Committee (eds.), Flora of North America 
North of Mexico, Vol. 3. Oxford University Press, 
New York, NY. 

KEARNEY, T. H. AND R. H. PEEBLES. 1951. Arizona 
flora. University of California Press, Berkeley, CA. 

Munz, P. A 1974. A flora of southern California. 
University of California Press, Berkeley, CA. 

SAN DIEGO NATURAL HISTORY MUSEUM, 2011. The 
flora of Baja California. San Diego Natural 
History Museum, San Diego, CA. Website http:// 
bajaflora.org/ [accessed 3 March 2011]. 

WIGGINS, I. 1980. The flora of Baja California. Stanford 
University Press, Stanford, CA. 

WILKEN, D. H. 1993. Anemone. Pp. 912-913 in J. C. 
Hickman (ed.), The Jepson manual: higher plants 
of California. University of California Press, 
Berkeley, CA. 


Volume 58, Number 3, pages 131-206, published 28 March 2012 


SUBSCRIPTIONS — MEMBERSHIP 


The California Botanical Society has several membership types (individuals ($35 per year; family $40 per year; 
emeritus $27 per year; students $27 per year for a maximum of 7 years). Late fees may be assessed. Beginning in 
2011, rates will increase by $5 for all membership types except life memberships, for which rates will increase by 
$100, and student memberships, which will not show a rate increase. Members of the Society receive MADRONO 
free. Institutional subscriptions to MADRONO are available ($70). Membership is based on a calendar year only. 
Life memberships are $750. Applications for membership (including dues), orders for subscriptions, and renewal 
payments should be sent to the Membership Chair. Requests and rates for back issues, changes of address, and 
undelivered copies of MADRONO should be sent to the Corresponding Secretary. 


INFORMATION FOR CONTRIBUTORS 


Submit manuscripts to http://www.edmgr.com/madrono/. If you are submitting a manuscript for the first time to 
the MADRONO PeerTrack website, you must first register by clicking "register now" and following the instructions. 
Manuscripts by authors having outstanding page charges will not be sent for review. 

Manuscripts may be submitted in English or Spanish. English-language manuscripts dealing with taxa or topics 
of Latin America and Spanish-language manuscripts must have a Spanish RESUMEN and an English ABSTRACT. 

For all articles and short items (NOTES, NOTEWORTHY COLLECTIONS, POINTS OF VIEW, etc.), follow 
the format used in recent issues for the type of item submitted. Detailed information for contributors, including 
instructions for manuscript preparation, is available at the California Botanical Society website, www.calbotsoc. 
org; follow the link for MapRONo. Authors are encouraged to include the names, addresses, and e-mail addresses 
of two to four potential reviewers with their submitted manuscript. 

All California Botanical Society members current in the volume year that their contributions are published are 
allowed five free pages per volume year. Additional pages will be charged at the rate of $40 per page. Joint authors 
may apply all or a portion of their respective five-page allotments to a jointly-published article. Partial pages will 
be charged as full. The purpose of this fee is not to pay directly for the costs of publishing any particular paper, 
but rather to allow the Society to continue publishing MADRONO on a reasonable schedule, with equity among all 
members for access to its pages. Printer’s fees for color plates and other complex matter (including illustrations, 
charts, maps, photographs) will be charged at cost. Author’s changes after typesetting @ $4.50 per line will be 
charged to authors. Page charges are important in maintaining Madrono as a viable publication, and timely payment 
of charges is appreciated. 

At the time of submission, authors must provide information describing the extent to which data in the manuscript 
have been used in other papers that are published, in press, submitted, or soon to be submitted elsewhere. 


WU WALA 
3 9088 01661 0313